TOOLS
Rule Radar
Perps Prop Firm Rule Changes. Tracked Daily.
Your morning update on perps prop firm rule changes, refreshed overnight.
We track the published rules and policies of every perps prop firm on PickAPropFirm.com and keep every version, so when a firm edits a rule we have the before and after in writing. Most of what changes is really nothing: a fixed typo, a clarified sentence, a word added here and there. But real changes stand out fast, and you can literally watch rules and policies tighten line by line. Payout terms creep, consistency thresholds drop, and prices quietly climb. It works the other way too: sometimes payouts improve and rules loosen, and when that happens it’s usually one of our Premier firms.
Perps prop firms are new, and their rules move faster than the CME shops: leverage caps, funding and swap fees, payout rails and drawdown terms can all change between one week and the next. That is exactly why they are on this radar. If a plan looks too good to be true, it almost always is.
Starred changes are the ones we think deserve your attention; the full feed below is everything we caught, right down to the typo fixes.
Treat this page like your morning paper. It updates overnight, so grab your coffee and see what changed. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
See how these firms compare on Top Perp Props ›
Starred changes
PremierMyFundedPerps · Elite AccountsAdded NAS100 and SP500 to the list of instruments with boosted leverage on Elite accounts.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Elite Accounts
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/elite-accounts
Elite plan sizes, prices, and daily loss limit options, evaluation and Sim Funded rules, leverage and exposure caps, reduced fees, funded allocation limits, and payouts.
Elite is a 1-Step evaluation with a static maximum loss limit, no consistency
− rule, and boosted leverage on indices, US30, gold, and oil. It comes in \$5K, \$10K,
\$25K, and \$50K account sizes, and every size has two options: 3% DLL,
which adds a 3% daily loss limit at a lower price, or No DLL, which has no
daily loss limit. Passing leads to a Sim Funded Elite account with the same
rules. Open the
challenge selector and choose the
Elite tab to buy.
Sizes and prices
Detail | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Starting balance | \$5,000 | \$10,000 | \$25,000 | \$50,000
One-time price, 3% DLL | \$49 | \$95 | \$249 | \$495
One-time price, No DLL | \$89 | \$175 | \$449 | \$889
With 90/10 upgrade, 3% DLL | \$59 | \$114 | \$299 | \$594
The plan adds no evaluation rules beyond this table. Platform-wide rules still
apply, including the trading policy, prohibited trading
activity, account inactivity, market exposure caps, and the platform terms.
How static drawdown works
The loss threshold is the starting balance minus the MLL, and it is fixed for
the life of the account. It does not trail profits, intraday highs, or
end-of-day highs.
For example, an Elite \$25K account has a \$1,250 MLL, so its loss threshold is
\$23,750. If equity grows to \$27,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, leaving
\$3,250 of room. Equity that reaches \$23,750 breaches the account, fails it,
and closes its positions.
Leverage and exposure
− Elite accounts use boosted leverage on indices, US30, gold, and oil. Each cap
is a multiple of the account's starting balance and applies to each account
separately, in both the evaluation and Sim Funded stages:
Markets | Maximum leverage | Elite \$5K exposure | Elite \$10K exposure | Elite \$25K exposure | Elite \$50K exposure
NAS100, SP500 | 40x | \$200,000 | \$400,000 | \$1,000,000 | \$2,000,000
US30 | 25x | \$125,000 | \$250,000 | \$625,000 | \$1,250,000
Gold (XAU) | 20x | \$100,000 | \$200,000 | \$500,000 | \$1,000,000
Oil (CL, BRENTOIL) | 10x | \$50,000 | \$100,000 | \$250,000 | \$500,000
- Exposure is the full value of your open positions in that group, long plus
short. NAS100 and SP500 share the indices cap, US30 has its own cap, and CL
and BRENTOIL share the oil cap. Positions still open on the retiring GOLD
market count toward the gold cap together with XAU.
- The account's total exposure across every market is capped at 40x its
After
Elite Accounts
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/elite-accounts
Elite plan sizes, prices, and daily loss limit options, evaluation and Sim Funded rules, leverage and exposure caps, reduced fees, funded allocation limits, and payouts.
Elite is a 1-Step evaluation with a static maximum loss limit, no consistency
+ rule, and boosted leverage on NAS100, SP500, US30, gold, and oil. It comes in \$5K, \$10K,
\$25K, and \$50K account sizes, and every size has two options: 3% DLL,
which adds a 3% daily loss limit at a lower price, or No DLL, which has no
daily loss limit. Passing leads to a Sim Funded Elite account with the same
rules. Open the
challenge selector and choose the
Elite tab to buy.
Sizes and prices
Detail | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Starting balance | \$5,000 | \$10,000 | \$25,000 | \$50,000
One-time price, 3% DLL | \$49 | \$95 | \$249 | \$495
One-time price, No DLL | \$89 | \$175 | \$449 | \$889
With 90/10 upgrade, 3% DLL | \$59 | \$114 | \$299 | \$594
The plan adds no evaluation rules beyond this table. Platform-wide rules still
apply, including the trading policy, prohibited trading
activity, account inactivity, market exposure caps, and the platform terms.
How static drawdown works
The loss threshold is the starting balance minus the MLL, and it is fixed for
the life of the account. It does not trail profits, intraday highs, or
end-of-day highs.
For example, an Elite \$25K account has a \$1,250 MLL, so its loss threshold is
\$23,750. If equity grows to \$27,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, leaving
\$3,250 of room. Equity that reaches \$23,750 breaches the account, fails it,
and closes its positions.
Leverage and exposure
+ Elite accounts use boosted leverage on NAS100, SP500, US30, gold, and oil. Each cap
is a multiple of the account's starting balance and applies to each account
separately, in both the evaluation and Sim Funded stages:
Markets | Maximum leverage | Elite \$5K exposure | Elite \$10K exposure | Elite \$25K exposure | Elite \$50K exposure
NAS100, SP500 | 40x | \$200,000 | \$400,000 | \$1,000,000 | \$2,000,000
US30 | 25x | \$125,000 | \$250,000 | \$625,000 | \$1,250,000
Gold (XAU) | 20x | \$100,000 | \$200,000 | \$500,000 | \$1,000,000
Oil (CL, BRENTOIL) | 10x | \$50,000 | \$100,000 | \$250,000 | \$500,000
- Exposure is the full value of your open positions in that group, long plus
short. NAS100 and SP500 share the indices cap, US30 has its own cap, and CL
and BRENTOIL share the oil cap. Positions still open on the retiring GOLD
market count toward the gold cap together with XAU.
- The account's total exposure across every market is capped at 40x its
Elite Accounts
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/elite-accounts
Elite plan sizes, prices, and daily loss limit options, evaluation and Sim Funded rules, leverage and exposure caps, reduced fees, funded allocation limits, and payouts.
Elite is a 1-Step evaluation with a static maximum loss limit, no consistency
− rule, and boosted leverage on indices, US30, gold, and oil. It comes in \$5K, \$10K,
+ rule, and boosted leverage on NAS100, SP500, US30, gold, and oil. It comes in \$5K, \$10K,
\$25K, and \$50K account sizes, and every size has two options: 3% DLL,
which adds a 3% daily loss limit at a lower price, or No DLL, which has no
daily loss limit. Passing leads to a Sim Funded Elite account with the same
rules. Open the
challenge selector and choose the
Elite tab to buy.
Sizes and prices
Detail | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Starting balance | \$5,000 | \$10,000 | \$25,000 | \$50,000
One-time price, 3% DLL | \$49 | \$95 | \$249 | \$495
One-time price, No DLL | \$89 | \$175 | \$449 | \$889
With 90/10 upgrade, 3% DLL | \$59 | \$114 | \$299 | \$594
The plan adds no evaluation rules beyond this table. Platform-wide rules still
apply, including the trading policy, prohibited trading
activity, account inactivity, market exposure caps, and the platform terms.
How static drawdown works
The loss threshold is the starting balance minus the MLL, and it is fixed for
the life of the account. It does not trail profits, intraday highs, or
end-of-day highs.
For example, an Elite \$25K account has a \$1,250 MLL, so its loss threshold is
\$23,750. If equity grows to \$27,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, leaving
\$3,250 of room. Equity that reaches \$23,750 breaches the account, fails it,
and closes its positions.
Leverage and exposure
− Elite accounts use boosted leverage on indices, US30, gold, and oil. Each cap
+ Elite accounts use boosted leverage on NAS100, SP500, US30, gold, and oil. Each cap
is a multiple of the account's starting balance and applies to each account
separately, in both the evaluation and Sim Funded stages:
Markets | Maximum leverage | Elite \$5K exposure | Elite \$10K exposure | Elite \$25K exposure | Elite \$50K exposure
NAS100, SP500 | 40x | \$200,000 | \$400,000 | \$1,000,000 | \$2,000,000
US30 | 25x | \$125,000 | \$250,000 | \$625,000 | \$1,250,000
Gold (XAU) | 20x | \$100,000 | \$200,000 | \$500,000 | \$1,000,000
Oil (CL, BRENTOIL) | 10x | \$50,000 | \$100,000 | \$250,000 | \$500,000
- Exposure is the full value of your open positions in that group, long plus
short. NAS100 and SP500 share the indices cap, US30 has its own cap, and CL
and BRENTOIL share the oil cap. Positions still open on the retiring GOLD
market count toward the gold cap together with XAU.
- The account's total exposure across every market is capped at 40x its
PremierE8 Markets Perps · E8 Signature | E8 Markets Help Center5 is now 4.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
After
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading with the APICompetition accounts cannot participate in copy groups; affected saved groups must be disabled.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
including unrealized P\&L, reaches the profit target, so track
risk.remaining_profit_equity. When it reaches zero, the evaluation passes and
open positions are closed. risk.remaining_profit counts realized profit only
and can stay above zero while open profit already covers the target. Both are
null when the account has no profit target, and remaining_profit_equity is
also null when marks are incomplete.
Copy groups and scheduled execution
Before submitting a lead order through the API, ensure the credential covers
the lead and every follower. The same boundary applies to modifications,
cancellations, and protective exits. A scope failure rejects the complete
native order operation, preserving the copy group's behavior rather than
silently dropping a follower. See Authentication.
Accepted TWAP/VWAP and scaled orders retain the environment and account scope
that authorized them. Revoking the key blocks new requests but does not revoke
that accepted schedule. Each later slice or rung checks the current copy group
against its retained scope. If the group now includes an inaccessible account,
TWAP/VWAP stops with completion_reason: "api_account_scope_changed"; scaled
orders reject the remaining unplaced rungs with that reject_reason. Previously
accepted child orders are not canceled, and filled positions are not closed.
Older API schedules created before scope was retained can recover their
boundary while the original key still exists. If that key has been deleted,
only the schedule's own account can be established: an enabled copy group
causes future slices or rungs to stop rather than assume broader access. Finish
or recreate an older copied schedule before deleting its original key.
After
including unrealized P\&L, reaches the profit target, so track
risk.remaining_profit_equity. When it reaches zero, the evaluation passes and
open positions are closed. risk.remaining_profit counts realized profit only
and can stay above zero while open profit already covers the target. Both are
null when the account has no profit target, and remaining_profit_equity is
also null when marks are incomplete.
Copy groups and scheduled execution
Before submitting a lead order through the API, ensure the credential covers
the lead and every follower. The same boundary applies to modifications,
cancellations, and protective exits. A scope failure rejects the complete
native order operation, preserving the copy group's behavior rather than
silently dropping a follower. See Authentication.
+ Competition accounts cannot lead or follow in a copy group, because the
+ Competition Rules prohibit copying trades into or out of them.
+ POST /v1/copy-trading rejects an enabled group that includes one. A group
+ saved before this rule does not copy lead orders to or from a competition
+ account; disable it with POST /v1/copy-trading/{config_id}/disable.
Accepted TWAP/VWAP and scaled orders retain the environment and account scope
that authorized them. Revoking the key blocks new requests but does not revoke
that accepted schedule. Each later slice or rung checks the current copy group
against its retained scope. If the group now includes an inaccessible account,
TWAP/VWAP stops with completion_reason: "api_account_scope_changed"; scaled
orders reject the remaining unplaced rungs with that reject_reason. Previously
accepted child orders are not canceled, and filled positions are not closed.
Older API schedules created before scope was retained can recover their
boundary while the original key still exists. If that key has been deleted,
only the schedule's own account can be established: an enabled copy group
causes future slices or rungs to stop rather than assume broader access. Finish
or recreate an older copied schedule before deleting its original key.
including unrealized P\&L, reaches the profit target, so track
risk.remaining_profit_equity. When it reaches zero, the evaluation passes and
open positions are closed. risk.remaining_profit counts realized profit only
and can stay above zero while open profit already covers the target. Both are
null when the account has no profit target, and remaining_profit_equity is
also null when marks are incomplete.
Copy groups and scheduled execution
Before submitting a lead order through the API, ensure the credential covers
the lead and every follower. The same boundary applies to modifications,
cancellations, and protective exits. A scope failure rejects the complete
native order operation, preserving the copy group's behavior rather than
silently dropping a follower. See Authentication.
+ Competition accounts cannot lead or follow in a copy group, because the
+ Competition Rules prohibit copying trades into or out of them.
+ POST /v1/copy-trading rejects an enabled group that includes one. A group
+ saved before this rule does not copy lead orders to or from a competition
+ account; disable it with POST /v1/copy-trading/{config_id}/disable.
Accepted TWAP/VWAP and scaled orders retain the environment and account scope
that authorized them. Revoking the key blocks new requests but does not revoke
that accepted schedule. Each later slice or rung checks the current copy group
against its retained scope. If the group now includes an inaccessible account,
TWAP/VWAP stops with completion_reason: "api_account_scope_changed"; scaled
orders reject the remaining unplaced rungs with that reject_reason. Previously
accepted child orders are not canceled, and filled positions are not closed.
Older API schedules created before scope was retained can recover their
boundary while the original key still exists. If that key has been deleted,
only the schedule's own account can be established: an enabled copy group
causes future slices or rungs to stop rather than assume broader access. Finish
or recreate an older copied schedule before deleting its original key.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading SettingsOptional percent buttons added to One-Click Trading, accessible via gear icon in window.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
is on by default. Turn it off to remove the button from the chart's position
line, the Positions tab, and the position cards on a phone, so you cannot
reverse a position by mistake. Your positions and orders are not affected, and
you can still flip a position with an opposite order larger than it.
Confirm Reverse Position opens a review before a reversal is sent. It is on
by default, separate from Confirm New Orders. Turn it off to reverse a
position as soon as you click Reverse. The review still opens if a current
price is not available, or if you lead a copy trading group so you can see each
follower's result. This option is unavailable while Show Reverse Position is
off.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading shows a small window with Sell, Buy, and
− Flat on the trade page. It is on by default. Buy and Sell send a market
order the moment you tap, with no review step, even if Confirm New Orders
asks you to review orders placed from the order ticket. Turn the switch off to
remove the window and its button.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
The first time you use it, a notice explains how it works. Check **I understand
orders send without confirmation. and select Continue (or Turn On** if
you are turning the switch on in Settings). Your agreement is saved to your
account, so the notice does not appear again on other devices. Cancel sends
nothing.
Show Flat Button appears while One-Click Trading is on and is on by
After
is on by default. Turn it off to remove the button from the chart's position
line, the Positions tab, and the position cards on a phone, so you cannot
reverse a position by mistake. Your positions and orders are not affected, and
you can still flip a position with an opposite order larger than it.
Confirm Reverse Position opens a review before a reversal is sent. It is on
by default, separate from Confirm New Orders. Turn it off to reverse a
position as soon as you click Reverse. The review still opens if a current
price is not available, or if you lead a copy trading group so you can see each
follower's result. This option is unavailable while Show Reverse Position is
off.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading shows a small window with Sell, Buy, and
+ Flat on the trade page. Optional percent buttons are turned on from the
+ gear in the window itself; see
+ One-Click Trading. It is on by default. Buy and Sell send a market
order the moment you tap, with no review step, even if Confirm New Orders
asks you to review orders placed from the order ticket. Turn the switch off to
remove the window and its button.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
The first time you use it, a notice explains how it works. Check **I understand
orders send without confirmation. and select Continue (or Turn On** if
you are turning the switch on in Settings). Your agreement is saved to your
account, so the notice does not appear again on other devices. Cancel sends
nothing.
Show Flat Button appears while One-Click Trading is on and is on by
is on by default. Turn it off to remove the button from the chart's position
line, the Positions tab, and the position cards on a phone, so you cannot
reverse a position by mistake. Your positions and orders are not affected, and
you can still flip a position with an opposite order larger than it.
Confirm Reverse Position opens a review before a reversal is sent. It is on
by default, separate from Confirm New Orders. Turn it off to reverse a
position as soon as you click Reverse. The review still opens if a current
price is not available, or if you lead a copy trading group so you can see each
follower's result. This option is unavailable while Show Reverse Position is
off.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading shows a small window with Sell, Buy, and
− Flat on the trade page. It is on by default. Buy and Sell send a market
+ Flat on the trade page. Optional percent buttons are turned on from the
+ gear in the window itself; see
+ One-Click Trading. It is on by default. Buy and Sell send a market
order the moment you tap, with no review step, even if Confirm New Orders
asks you to review orders placed from the order ticket. Turn the switch off to
remove the window and its button.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
The first time you use it, a notice explains how it works. Check **I understand
orders send without confirmation. and select Continue (or Turn On** if
you are turning the switch on in Settings). Your agreement is saved to your
account, so the notice does not appear again on other devices. Cancel sends
nothing.
Show Flat Button appears while One-Click Trading is on and is on by
PremierMyFundedPerps · Copy Trading SettingsCompetition accounts cannot lead groups or follow either; multiplier calculation and Try An Order preview feature explained; competition rule added to validation rules.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Open Copy Trading settings
Group controls
Each group contains:
- one Lead Account that sends eligible trading instructions;
- one or more Follower Accounts;
- a multiplier from 0.1× to 2× for each follower;
- an enabled, stopping, or stopped lifecycle.
An account can participate in only one enabled group. Groups remain the same
when you switch the active account elsewhere in the app. Accounts are listed
under any name you gave them on the dashboard; renaming an account does not
change its group or multiplier.
Lead Account
− Choose the account that should drive the group. Changing the lead of an existing
group requires disabling that group first. If the lead is no longer active or
available, disable the group before editing its membership.
Follower Accounts and Multipliers
Add active accounts you own. A funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead.
The multiplier adjusts the follower's balance-normalized opening quantity:
- below 1× uses less relative size;
- 1× uses the same relative size after starting-balance normalization;
- above 1× uses more relative size, subject to the follower's own limits.
Copied market orders wait for the lead market order to fill. If the lead
rejects or expires without filling, its pending market copies are canceled
without opening follower positions or charging trading fees.
Resting limit and trigger orders, including TP/SL exits, continue to execute
independently on each account. Their fills can occur in a different order.
Every follower keeps independent collateral, challenge-rule, position, and
market checks. One follower can reject an instruction without blocking the lead.
Copies use the lead's chosen venue. A trading halt prevents new follower
exposure, including an order placed before the halt that is still executing.
When you save a group, every account that starts following has its open orders
canceled, including stop loss and take profit orders, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. A follower trades only
through its lead, so a manual order left on it could not execute. Positions
stage compatibility, and the full lifecycle.
Manage copy groups through the API
API keys with read scope can inspect GET /v1/copy-trading. A group is
returned only when the credential can access its lead and every follower in
the same live or sandbox environment. A restricted key can therefore see
fewer groups than the website. Accessible groups with archived members remain
listed so they can be disabled or deleted.
Keys with trade scope can use these operations:
Operation | Endpoint
Create or update groups and explicitly delete disabled groups | POST /v1/copy-trading
Disable copying, including a group with inactive or archived accounts | POST /v1/copy-trading/{config_id}/disable
Acknowledge a completed follower stop notice | POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/acknowledge-copy-stop
− Saving applies the same ownership, account status, stage, sizing, disjoint-group,
− and cleanup rules as the website. Every existing and new member must be
accessible to the credential. Groups omitted from a save are preserved; only
IDs in deleted_config_ids are deleted. A group must be disabled before it
can be deleted or its lead changed. Pending stop cleanup must finish first.
json theme={null}
{
"groups": [
{
"enabled": true,
"source_account_id": "YOUR_LEAD_ACCOUNT_ID",
"targets": [
{ "account_id": "YOUR_FOLLOWER_ACCOUNT_ID", "multiplier_bps": 10000 }
]
After
Open Copy Trading settings
Group controls
Each group contains:
- one Lead Account that sends eligible trading instructions;
- one or more Follower Accounts;
- a multiplier from 0.1× to 2× for each follower;
- an enabled, stopping, or stopped lifecycle.
An account can participate in only one enabled group. Groups remain the same
when you switch the active account elsewhere in the app. Accounts are listed
under any name you gave them on the dashboard; renaming an account does not
change its group or multiplier.
Lead Account
+ Choose the account that should drive the group. Competition accounts cannot
+ lead a group. Changing the lead of an existing
group requires disabling that group first. If the lead is no longer active or
available, disable the group before editing its membership.
Follower Accounts and Multipliers
Add active accounts you own. A funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead.
+ Competition accounts cannot follow either, because the Competition Rules
+ prohibit copying trades into or out of a competition account. Accounts that
+ cannot be selected show the reason under their name.
The multiplier adjusts the follower's balance-normalized opening quantity:
- below 1× uses less relative size;
- 1× uses the same relative size after starting-balance normalization;
- above 1× uses more relative size, subject to the follower's own limits.
+ Each follower row shows what it would open when the lead opens 1 BTC, and how
+ that quantity follows from the two account sizes and the multiplier. For
+ example, a \$100,000 follower of a \$50,000 lead copies 200% of the lead's
+ quantity at 1×, and 300% at 1.5×.
+ Try An Order
+ Once a group has followers, Try An Order shows how one lead order would
+ scale across the group. Nothing is placed. Drag the slider to set the lead
+ order size and choose 1× or 2× leverage. For each account, the preview
+ shows the order it would open, the margin that order needs, and a bar for the
+ account's balance. The filled part of the bar is the margin needed. An account
+ marked Would Reject cannot afford that order and would skip it while the
+ lead and other followers still fill. Lower its multiplier or use a smaller
+ order to copy it.
Copied market orders wait for the lead market order to fill. If the lead
rejects or expires without filling, its pending market copies are canceled
without opening follower positions or charging trading fees.
Resting limit and trigger orders, including TP/SL exits, continue to execute
independently on each account. Their fills can occur in a different order.
Every follower keeps independent collateral, challenge-rule, position, and
market checks. One follower can reject an instruction without blocking the lead.
Copies use the lead's chosen venue. A trading halt prevents new follower
exposure, including an order placed before the halt that is still executing.
When you save a group, every account that starts following has its open orders
canceled, including stop loss and take profit orders, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. A follower trades only
through its lead, so a manual order left on it could not execute. Positions
stage compatibility, and the full lifecycle.
Manage copy groups through the API
API keys with read scope can inspect GET /v1/copy-trading. A group is
returned only when the credential can access its lead and every follower in
the same live or sandbox environment. A restricted key can therefore see
fewer groups than the website. Accessible groups with archived members remain
listed so they can be disabled or deleted.
Keys with trade scope can use these operations:
Operation | Endpoint
Create or update groups and explicitly delete disabled groups | POST /v1/copy-trading
Disable copying, including a group with inactive or archived accounts | POST /v1/copy-trading/{config_id}/disable
Acknowledge a completed follower stop notice | POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/acknowledge-copy-stop
+ Saving applies the same ownership, account status, stage, competition, sizing,
+ disjoint-group, and cleanup rules as the website. Every existing and new member must be
accessible to the credential. Groups omitted from a save are preserved; only
IDs in deleted_config_ids are deleted. A group must be disabled before it
can be deleted or its lead changed. Pending stop cleanup must finish first.
json theme={null}
{
"groups": [
{
"enabled": true,
"source_account_id": "YOUR_LEAD_ACCOUNT_ID",
"targets": [
{ "account_id": "YOUR_FOLLOWER_ACCOUNT_ID", "multiplier_bps": 10000 }
]
Open Copy Trading settings
Group controls
Each group contains:
- one Lead Account that sends eligible trading instructions;
- one or more Follower Accounts;
- a multiplier from 0.1× to 2× for each follower;
- an enabled, stopping, or stopped lifecycle.
An account can participate in only one enabled group. Groups remain the same
when you switch the active account elsewhere in the app. Accounts are listed
under any name you gave them on the dashboard; renaming an account does not
change its group or multiplier.
Lead Account
− Choose the account that should drive the group. Changing the lead of an existing
+ Choose the account that should drive the group. Competition accounts cannot
+ lead a group. Changing the lead of an existing
group requires disabling that group first. If the lead is no longer active or
available, disable the group before editing its membership.
Follower Accounts and Multipliers
Add active accounts you own. A funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead.
+ Competition accounts cannot follow either, because the Competition Rules
+ prohibit copying trades into or out of a competition account. Accounts that
+ cannot be selected show the reason under their name.
The multiplier adjusts the follower's balance-normalized opening quantity:
- below 1× uses less relative size;
- 1× uses the same relative size after starting-balance normalization;
- above 1× uses more relative size, subject to the follower's own limits.
+ Each follower row shows what it would open when the lead opens 1 BTC, and how
+ that quantity follows from the two account sizes and the multiplier. For
+ example, a \$100,000 follower of a \$50,000 lead copies 200% of the lead's
+ quantity at 1×, and 300% at 1.5×.
+ Try An Order
+ Once a group has followers, Try An Order shows how one lead order would
+ scale across the group. Nothing is placed. Drag the slider to set the lead
+ order size and choose 1× or 2× leverage. For each account, the preview
+ shows the order it would open, the margin that order needs, and a bar for the
+ account's balance. The filled part of the bar is the margin needed. An account
+ marked Would Reject cannot afford that order and would skip it while the
+ lead and other followers still fill. Lower its multiplier or use a smaller
+ order to copy it.
Copied market orders wait for the lead market order to fill. If the lead
rejects or expires without filling, its pending market copies are canceled
without opening follower positions or charging trading fees.
Resting limit and trigger orders, including TP/SL exits, continue to execute
independently on each account. Their fills can occur in a different order.
Every follower keeps independent collateral, challenge-rule, position, and
market checks. One follower can reject an instruction without blocking the lead.
Copies use the lead's chosen venue. A trading halt prevents new follower
exposure, including an order placed before the halt that is still executing.
When you save a group, every account that starts following has its open orders
canceled, including stop loss and take profit orders, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. A follower trades only
through its lead, so a manual order left on it could not execute. Positions
stage compatibility, and the full lifecycle.
Manage copy groups through the API
API keys with read scope can inspect GET /v1/copy-trading. A group is
returned only when the credential can access its lead and every follower in
the same live or sandbox environment. A restricted key can therefore see
fewer groups than the website. Accessible groups with archived members remain
listed so they can be disabled or deleted.
Keys with trade scope can use these operations:
Operation | Endpoint
Create or update groups and explicitly delete disabled groups | POST /v1/copy-trading
Disable copying, including a group with inactive or archived accounts | POST /v1/copy-trading/{config_id}/disable
Acknowledge a completed follower stop notice | POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/acknowledge-copy-stop
− Saving applies the same ownership, account status, stage, sizing, disjoint-group,
− and cleanup rules as the website. Every existing and new member must be
+ Saving applies the same ownership, account status, stage, competition, sizing,
+ disjoint-group, and cleanup rules as the website. Every existing and new member must be
accessible to the credential. Groups omitted from a save are preserved; only
IDs in deleted_config_ids are deleted. A group must be disabled before it
can be deleted or its lead changed. Pending stop cleanup must finish first.
json theme={null}
{
"groups": [
{
"enabled": true,
"source_account_id": "YOUR_LEAD_ACCOUNT_ID",
"targets": [
{ "account_id": "YOUR_FOLLOWER_ACCOUNT_ID", "multiplier_bps": 10000 }
]
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading GuideArticle added details about One-Click Trading window resizing, percent buttons, and their configuration options; changed "and Flat" to "percent, and Flat" in summary.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
settings. Copy trading leads always see the review so they can follow each
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
− size are remembered in that browser.
- On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. Drag the window's
header to move it around within the chart. Its position is remembered in
that browser. Tap the handle to switch between the top and bottom edges.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
− between them, and Flat below.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
you change is saved for that market on all your devices. Each market's Stop
Loss and Take Profit are edited under One-Click Trading by Market in
Trading settings. Markets without their own settings start from your Quick Size
amount and your TP/SL preset.
Before your first One-Click order, a notice explains that orders send without
confirmation. You agree once, and the choice is saved to your account.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
Choose an order type
- Max Market Slippage, a server-enforced limit for ordinary market orders
and individual position closes;
- separate Non-Forex and Forex leverage caps for the order ticket;
- Warn Without Stop Loss for orders that can increase exposure;
- Resize TP/SL With Position to keep existing exits sized to a position
you add to;
- confirmation controls for new orders and TP/SL chart drags;
- One-Click Chart Close for closing a position from the chart's position
line without the close dialog;
- Show Reverse Position and Confirm Reverse Position for the
Reverse Position button and its review;
- One-Click Trading, which sends market orders from a small Buy, Sell,
− and Flat window with no review step;
- account-synced keyboard execution for placing orders, managing focused
positions, canceling focused orders, and the reviewed Cancel All and Close
All actions.
Read the complete Trading settings reference to configure
these defaults.
Customize the terminal layout
On desktop widths the trading terminal is rearrangeable. The chart stays in
the center with the activity tabs below it; the order book and order ticket
can move between the zones around them.
The Layout button (the layout icon in the market stats bar) opens the
terminal layout menu:
- Colour Scheme: start with Graphite, Midnight, or Aubergine, then choose
After
settings. Copy trading leads always see the review so they can follow each
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
+ size are remembered in that browser. Sell and Buy grow with the
+ window, so a larger window gives you larger buttons.
- On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. Drag the window's
header to move it around within the chart. Its position is remembered in
that browser. Tap the handle to switch between the top and bottom edges.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
+ between them, and Flat below. You can also turn on percent buttons from the
+ gear in the window's header.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
+ - When turned on, the percent buttons under Sell open a short and the ones under Buy
+ open a long, sized as a share of your available margin at your saved
+ leverage. 100% uses all of your available margin.
+ - The Close percent buttons close that share of your position in the
+ market at market. Unlike Flat, they leave your open orders in place.
+ They are available only while you have a position in that market.
+ Percent buttons are off by default. Select the gear in the window's header and
+ turn on Show Percent Buttons to add them, then choose the three open
+ percentages and the three close percentages. Changes apply as you type and are
+ saved to your account, so they follow you to every device.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
you change is saved for that market on all your devices. Each market's Stop
Loss and Take Profit are edited under One-Click Trading by Market in
Trading settings. Markets without their own settings start from your Quick Size
amount and your TP/SL preset.
Before your first One-Click order, a notice explains that orders send without
confirmation. You agree once, and the choice is saved to your account.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
Choose an order type
- Max Market Slippage, a server-enforced limit for ordinary market orders
and individual position closes;
- separate Non-Forex and Forex leverage caps for the order ticket;
- Warn Without Stop Loss for orders that can increase exposure;
- Resize TP/SL With Position to keep existing exits sized to a position
you add to;
- confirmation controls for new orders and TP/SL chart drags;
- One-Click Chart Close for closing a position from the chart's position
line without the close dialog;
- Show Reverse Position and Confirm Reverse Position for the
Reverse Position button and its review;
- One-Click Trading, which sends market orders from a small Buy, Sell,
+ percent, and Flat window with no review step;
- account-synced keyboard execution for placing orders, managing focused
positions, canceling focused orders, and the reviewed Cancel All and Close
All actions.
Read the complete Trading settings reference to configure
these defaults.
Customize the terminal layout
On desktop widths the trading terminal is rearrangeable. The chart stays in
the center with the activity tabs below it; the order book and order ticket
can move between the zones around them.
The Layout button (the layout icon in the market stats bar) opens the
terminal layout menu:
- Colour Scheme: start with Graphite, Midnight, or Aubergine, then choose
settings. Copy trading leads always see the review so they can follow each
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
− size are remembered in that browser.
+ size are remembered in that browser. Sell and Buy grow with the
+ window, so a larger window gives you larger buttons.
- On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. Drag the window's
header to move it around within the chart. Its position is remembered in
that browser. Tap the handle to switch between the top and bottom edges.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
− between them, and Flat below.
+ between them, and Flat below. You can also turn on percent buttons from the
+ gear in the window's header.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
+ - When turned on, the percent buttons under Sell open a short and the ones under Buy
+ open a long, sized as a share of your available margin at your saved
+ leverage. 100% uses all of your available margin.
+ - The Close percent buttons close that share of your position in the
+ market at market. Unlike Flat, they leave your open orders in place.
+ They are available only while you have a position in that market.
+ Percent buttons are off by default. Select the gear in the window's header and
+ turn on Show Percent Buttons to add them, then choose the three open
+ percentages and the three close percentages. Changes apply as you type and are
+ saved to your account, so they follow you to every device.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
you change is saved for that market on all your devices. Each market's Stop
Loss and Take Profit are edited under One-Click Trading by Market in
Trading settings. Markets without their own settings start from your Quick Size
amount and your TP/SL preset.
Before your first One-Click order, a notice explains that orders send without
confirmation. You agree once, and the choice is saved to your account.
One-Click orders are sent immediately. Fills can differ from the price shown
when the market moves fast. Challenge rules, exposure limits, and order
validation still apply.
Choose an order type
- Max Market Slippage, a server-enforced limit for ordinary market orders
and individual position closes;
- separate Non-Forex and Forex leverage caps for the order ticket;
- Warn Without Stop Loss for orders that can increase exposure;
- Resize TP/SL With Position to keep existing exits sized to a position
you add to;
- confirmation controls for new orders and TP/SL chart drags;
- One-Click Chart Close for closing a position from the chart's position
line without the close dialog;
- Show Reverse Position and Confirm Reverse Position for the
Reverse Position button and its review;
- One-Click Trading, which sends market orders from a small Buy, Sell,
− and Flat window with no review step;
+ percent, and Flat window with no review step;
- account-synced keyboard execution for placing orders, managing focused
positions, canceling focused orders, and the reviewed Cancel All and Close
All actions.
Read the complete Trading settings reference to configure
these defaults.
Customize the terminal layout
On desktop widths the trading terminal is rearrangeable. The chart stays in
the center with the activity tabs below it; the order book and order ticket
can move between the zones around them.
The Layout button (the layout icon in the market stats bar) opens the
terminal layout menu:
- Colour Scheme: start with Graphite, Midnight, or Aubergine, then choose
PremierMyFundedPerps · Elite AccountsAdded condition that a funded account failing or closing during evaluation triggers automatic funding if limits are met.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
10 × \$10K, 4 × \$25K, 2 × \$50K, or any mix that totals \$100,000 or less. Profits, losses, and withdrawals do not
change the allocation an account uses. A funded account that fails or is
closed stops using allocation.
Elite is its own model type, so Elite allocation also counts toward the
\$300K maximum funded allocation
across all models.
Elite purchases have no total size limit, so you can pass more Elite
evaluations than can be funded at once. When a passed evaluation would take
your Elite funded allocation above \$100,000, or your total above \$300,000,
it keeps its Passed status and enters Funding Review after identity
verification and agreement signing, instead of being funded automatically.
Review does not guarantee funding, and any approval must still fit within both
− limits. See Becoming Funded.
Payouts
Payout term | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Profit split | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10
When you can request | On demand | On demand | On demand | On demand
Profit you can request | All profit | All profit | All profit | All profit
Minimum, before the split | \$50 | \$100 | \$250 | \$500
Minimum you receive | \$40 (\$45 on 90/10) | \$80 (\$90 on 90/10) | \$200 (\$225 on 90/10) | \$400 (\$450 on 90/10)
These payout terms are the same for the 3% DLL and No DLL options. The split is
80% to you and 20% to MyFundedPerps, or 90% to you with the 90/10 upgrade.
- On demand: you can request from your first day funded. Elite has no
waiting period, minimum trading days, consistency requirement, or profit
target before a request, and no daily request limit: you can request again
After
10 × \$10K, 4 × \$25K, 2 × \$50K, or any mix that totals \$100,000 or less. Profits, losses, and withdrawals do not
change the allocation an account uses. A funded account that fails or is
closed stops using allocation.
Elite is its own model type, so Elite allocation also counts toward the
\$300K maximum funded allocation
across all models.
Elite purchases have no total size limit, so you can pass more Elite
evaluations than can be funded at once. When a passed evaluation would take
your Elite funded allocation above \$100,000, or your total above \$300,000,
it keeps its Passed status and enters Funding Review after identity
verification and agreement signing, instead of being funded automatically.
Review does not guarantee funding, and any approval must still fit within both
+ limits. If a funded account fails or closes while the evaluation waits and it
+ then fits within both limits, it is funded automatically. See Becoming Funded.
Payouts
Payout term | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Profit split | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10
When you can request | On demand | On demand | On demand | On demand
Profit you can request | All profit | All profit | All profit | All profit
Minimum, before the split | \$50 | \$100 | \$250 | \$500
Minimum you receive | \$40 (\$45 on 90/10) | \$80 (\$90 on 90/10) | \$200 (\$225 on 90/10) | \$400 (\$450 on 90/10)
These payout terms are the same for the 3% DLL and No DLL options. The split is
80% to you and 20% to MyFundedPerps, or 90% to you with the 90/10 upgrade.
- On demand: you can request from your first day funded. Elite has no
waiting period, minimum trading days, consistency requirement, or profit
target before a request, and no daily request limit: you can request again
10 × \$10K, 4 × \$25K, 2 × \$50K, or any mix that totals \$100,000 or less. Profits, losses, and withdrawals do not
change the allocation an account uses. A funded account that fails or is
closed stops using allocation.
Elite is its own model type, so Elite allocation also counts toward the
\$300K maximum funded allocation
across all models.
Elite purchases have no total size limit, so you can pass more Elite
evaluations than can be funded at once. When a passed evaluation would take
your Elite funded allocation above \$100,000, or your total above \$300,000,
it keeps its Passed status and enters Funding Review after identity
verification and agreement signing, instead of being funded automatically.
Review does not guarantee funding, and any approval must still fit within both
− limits. See Becoming Funded.
+ limits. If a funded account fails or closes while the evaluation waits and it
+ then fits within both limits, it is funded automatically. See Becoming Funded.
Payouts
Payout term | Elite \$5K | Elite \$10K | Elite \$25K | Elite \$50K
Profit split | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10 | 80/20, or 90/10
When you can request | On demand | On demand | On demand | On demand
Profit you can request | All profit | All profit | All profit | All profit
Minimum, before the split | \$50 | \$100 | \$250 | \$500
Minimum you receive | \$40 (\$45 on 90/10) | \$80 (\$90 on 90/10) | \$200 (\$225 on 90/10) | \$400 (\$450 on 90/10)
These payout terms are the same for the 3% DLL and No DLL options. The split is
80% to you and 20% to MyFundedPerps, or 90% to you with the 90/10 upgrade.
- On demand: you can request from your first day funded. Elite has no
waiting period, minimum trading days, consistency requirement, or profit
target before a request, and no daily request limit: you can request again
PremierMyFundedPerps · Copy Trading GuideArticle now prohibits competition accounts from leading or following in copy trading groups, and adds an example table showing how multipliers affect follower position sizing.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Copy Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/copy-trading-guide
Create a same-owner copy-trading group, choose a lead and followers, set risk multipliers, and understand independent follower checks.
Native copy trading coordinates orders across active challenge accounts owned
by the same MyFundedPerps user. Each group has one lead account and one or
more followers.
Before you start
Every account in the group must be active, unarchived, and yours. An account can
belong to only one enabled group. Evaluation accounts can follow either stage,
− but a funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead.
Follower accounts are locked against manual trading while their group is
enabled. Manage the strategy from the lead account or disable the group and
let cleanup finish before trading a follower manually. When an account starts
following, its open orders, including stop loss and take profit orders, are
canceled, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. Its positions stay open.
Create a group
Go to [Settings → Copy
Trading](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/settings?section=copy-trading).
Select the account whose eligible orders should be copied.
Choose active accounts that are not already part of another enabled group.
Choose how much of the lead's balance-adjusted quantity each follower should
use.
Confirm the group composition and save it before placing lead orders.
How follower size is calculated
Opening and increasing quantities are normalized by the lead and follower
starting balances, then adjusted by the follower multiplier. 1× follows the
lead's relative size; lower values reduce it and higher values increase it. The
available range is 0.1× through 2×.
Reductions preserve the fraction of the lead position being reduced. The
platform rounds copied quantity down to the market's size step rather than
rounding a follower into more risk.
A copied order uses the lead's leverage unless it is above the follower's own
maximum for that market. In that case, the copy uses the follower's maximum
instead. If the follower already holds the market, the copy keeps that
position's margin mode (cross or isolated).
Reversing a lead position reverses each follower too. The follower's whole
position on that side closes, and a new position opens on the other side at
the follower's normal copy size.
If the follower's position changes before its copy fills, for example because
one of its take profit orders filled first, the copy is resized so the follower
After
Copy Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/copy-trading-guide
Create a same-owner copy-trading group, choose a lead and followers, set risk multipliers, and understand independent follower checks.
Native copy trading coordinates orders across active challenge accounts owned
by the same MyFundedPerps user. Each group has one lead account and one or
more followers.
Before you start
Every account in the group must be active, unarchived, and yours. An account can
belong to only one enabled group. Evaluation accounts can follow either stage,
+ but a funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead. Competition accounts
+ cannot lead or follow: the Competition Rules prohibit copying trades into or
+ out of a competition account. A group saved before this rule no longer copies
+ to or from a competition account, and you can still disable it.
Follower accounts are locked against manual trading while their group is
enabled. Manage the strategy from the lead account or disable the group and
let cleanup finish before trading a follower manually. When an account starts
following, its open orders, including stop loss and take profit orders, are
canceled, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. Its positions stay open.
Create a group
Go to [Settings → Copy
Trading](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/settings?section=copy-trading).
Select the account whose eligible orders should be copied.
Choose active accounts that are not already part of another enabled group.
Choose how much of the lead's balance-adjusted quantity each follower should
use.
Confirm the group composition and save it before placing lead orders.
How follower size is calculated
Opening and increasing quantities are normalized by the lead and follower
starting balances, then adjusted by the follower multiplier. 1× follows the
lead's relative size; lower values reduce it and higher values increase it. The
available range is 0.1× through 2×.
+ For example, with a \$50,000 lead:
+ Follower | Multiplier | Lead opens 1 BTC | Follower opens
+ \$50,000 | 1× | 1 BTC | 1 BTC
+ \$100,000 | 1× | 1 BTC | 2 BTC
+ \$100,000 | 1.5× | 1 BTC | 3 BTC
+ \$25,000 | 0.5× | 1 BTC | 0.25 BTC
+ At 1×, every follower uses the same share of its balance as the lead. Use
+ Try An Order in Copy Trading settings to see the margin each account would
+ need for a lead order and which followers would reject it.
Reductions preserve the fraction of the lead position being reduced. The
platform rounds copied quantity down to the market's size step rather than
rounding a follower into more risk.
A copied order uses the lead's leverage unless it is above the follower's own
maximum for that market. In that case, the copy uses the follower's maximum
instead. If the follower already holds the market, the copy keeps that
position's margin mode (cross or isolated).
Reversing a lead position reverses each follower too. The follower's whole
position on that side closes, and a new position opens on the other side at
the follower's normal copy size.
If the follower's position changes before its copy fills, for example because
one of its take profit orders filled first, the copy is resized so the follower
Copy Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/copy-trading-guide
Create a same-owner copy-trading group, choose a lead and followers, set risk multipliers, and understand independent follower checks.
Native copy trading coordinates orders across active challenge accounts owned
by the same MyFundedPerps user. Each group has one lead account and one or
more followers.
Before you start
Every account in the group must be active, unarchived, and yours. An account can
belong to only one enabled group. Evaluation accounts can follow either stage,
− but a funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead.
+ but a funded account cannot follow an evaluation lead. Competition accounts
+ cannot lead or follow: the Competition Rules prohibit copying trades into or
+ out of a competition account. A group saved before this rule no longer copies
+ to or from a competition account, and you can still disable it.
Follower accounts are locked against manual trading while their group is
enabled. Manage the strategy from the lead account or disable the group and
let cleanup finish before trading a follower manually. When an account starts
following, its open orders, including stop loss and take profit orders, are
canceled, and its TWAP/VWAP schedules stop. Its positions stay open.
Create a group
Go to [Settings → Copy
Trading](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/settings?section=copy-trading).
Select the account whose eligible orders should be copied.
Choose active accounts that are not already part of another enabled group.
Choose how much of the lead's balance-adjusted quantity each follower should
use.
Confirm the group composition and save it before placing lead orders.
How follower size is calculated
Opening and increasing quantities are normalized by the lead and follower
starting balances, then adjusted by the follower multiplier. 1× follows the
lead's relative size; lower values reduce it and higher values increase it. The
available range is 0.1× through 2×.
+ For example, with a \$50,000 lead:
+ Follower | Multiplier | Lead opens 1 BTC | Follower opens
+ \$50,000 | 1× | 1 BTC | 1 BTC
+ \$100,000 | 1× | 1 BTC | 2 BTC
+ \$100,000 | 1.5× | 1 BTC | 3 BTC
+ \$25,000 | 0.5× | 1 BTC | 0.25 BTC
+ At 1×, every follower uses the same share of its balance as the lead. Use
+ Try An Order in Copy Trading settings to see the margin each account would
+ need for a lead order and which followers would reject it.
Reductions preserve the fraction of the lead position being reduced. The
platform rounds copied quantity down to the market's size step rather than
rounding a follower into more risk.
A copied order uses the lead's leverage unless it is above the follower's own
maximum for that market. In that case, the copy uses the follower's maximum
instead. If the follower already holds the market, the copy keeps that
position's margin mode (cross or isolated).
Reversing a lead position reverses each follower too. The follower's whole
position on that side closes, and a new position opens on the other side at
the follower's normal copy size.
If the follower's position changes before its copy fills, for example because
one of its take profit orders filled first, the copy is resized so the follower
PremierMyFundedPerps · Challenges and RulesAdded rule: funded accounts failing or closing allow waiting accounts within limits to receive automatic funding.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
option to show it again. API sandbox accounts work the same way with **Hide
Sandbox Accounts**.
Follow the action shown on the dashboard. Depending on the account and current
workflow, you may need to complete identity verification, review and sign the
customer agreement, or wait for a funding review before the funded account is
available in the account switcher.
Maximum funded allocation
You can hold up to \$300K in total funded allocation, with a maximum of
\$100K per model type. Prime, Select, Signature, and Elite are separate
model types. Original account sizes add together within each model, even when
you use several smaller accounts. A passed account that would exceed
either limit enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement
− completion instead of receiving automatic funding.
For example, \$100K in Prime, \$100K in Select, and \$100K in Signature totals \$300K.
Another \$100K Prime account requires Funding Review.
See Becoming Funded.
Funded accounts and payouts
The dashboard's Constraints panel shows Payout Rules only for funded accounts.
Evaluation and other non-funded accounts show their applicable trading rules
without the Payout Rules section.
A funded account can submit one payout request per Eastern calendar day, except
on Elite, which has no daily limit. The
minimum is \$100 before the profit split (\$80 to the trader on 80/20, or \$90
on 90/10). Elite minimums are \$50, \$100, \$250, and \$500 before the split
on its \$5K, \$10K, \$25K, and \$50K sizes, and \$30 on a \$1K Elite prize
After
option to show it again. API sandbox accounts work the same way with **Hide
Sandbox Accounts**.
Follow the action shown on the dashboard. Depending on the account and current
workflow, you may need to complete identity verification, review and sign the
customer agreement, or wait for a funding review before the funded account is
available in the account switcher.
Maximum funded allocation
You can hold up to \$300K in total funded allocation, with a maximum of
\$100K per model type. Prime, Select, Signature, and Elite are separate
model types. Original account sizes add together within each model, even when
you use several smaller accounts. A passed account that would exceed
either limit enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement
+ completion instead of receiving automatic funding. If a funded account later
+ fails or closes and the waiting account then fits within both limits, it is
+ funded automatically.
For example, \$100K in Prime, \$100K in Select, and \$100K in Signature totals \$300K.
Another \$100K Prime account requires Funding Review.
See Becoming Funded.
Funded accounts and payouts
The dashboard's Constraints panel shows Payout Rules only for funded accounts.
Evaluation and other non-funded accounts show their applicable trading rules
without the Payout Rules section.
A funded account can submit one payout request per Eastern calendar day, except
on Elite, which has no daily limit. The
minimum is \$100 before the profit split (\$80 to the trader on 80/20, or \$90
on 90/10). Elite minimums are \$50, \$100, \$250, and \$500 before the split
on its \$5K, \$10K, \$25K, and \$50K sizes, and \$30 on a \$1K Elite prize
option to show it again. API sandbox accounts work the same way with **Hide
Sandbox Accounts**.
Follow the action shown on the dashboard. Depending on the account and current
workflow, you may need to complete identity verification, review and sign the
customer agreement, or wait for a funding review before the funded account is
available in the account switcher.
Maximum funded allocation
You can hold up to \$300K in total funded allocation, with a maximum of
\$100K per model type. Prime, Select, Signature, and Elite are separate
model types. Original account sizes add together within each model, even when
you use several smaller accounts. A passed account that would exceed
either limit enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement
− completion instead of receiving automatic funding.
+ completion instead of receiving automatic funding. If a funded account later
+ fails or closes and the waiting account then fits within both limits, it is
+ funded automatically.
For example, \$100K in Prime, \$100K in Select, and \$100K in Signature totals \$300K.
Another \$100K Prime account requires Funding Review.
See Becoming Funded.
Funded accounts and payouts
The dashboard's Constraints panel shows Payout Rules only for funded accounts.
Evaluation and other non-funded accounts show their applicable trading rules
without the Payout Rules section.
A funded account can submit one payout request per Eastern calendar day, except
on Elite, which has no daily limit. The
minimum is \$100 before the profit split (\$80 to the trader on 80/20, or \$90
on 90/10). Elite minimums are \$50, \$100, \$250, and \$500 before the split
on its \$5K, \$10K, \$25K, and \$50K sizes, and \$30 on a \$1K Elite prize
PremierMyFundedPerps · Becoming FundedAdded description of automatic funding when an active account fails or closes, and funding order for multiple waiting applications.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The limit adds the original sizes of your active funded accounts. Two \$50K
accounts in the same model use its entire \$100K allowance. Trading profits,
losses, and withdrawals do not change the allocation used. Failed, closed, and
archived accounts no longer use active allocation.
If funding another passed account would exceed either limit, the application
enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement completion.
It does not receive a funded account automatically. For example, passing a
second \$100K Prime account while you already hold \$100K funded in Prime requires
Funding Review, even if your total across all models is below \$300K.
A review does not guarantee additional allocation. Funding approval must remain
within both limits. Your completed identity check and signed agreement remain
on the application while it waits.
3. Follow any funding review
Some passed accounts can enter Funding Review In Progress after identity
and agreement completion. The dashboard shows whether the account is waiting
for review, needs attention, was not approved, or is ready.
Do not repeat identity or signing steps after they are shown as complete.
4. Open the funded account
When funding is approved, choose Go to Funded Account or select the new
funded account in the account switcher. Confirm that its stage is Funded
and its status is Active before trading.
The funded account is separate from the passed evaluation. It has its own
balance, rules, positions, payout cycle, and history.
A funded account must record an executed trade at least once every 7
After
The limit adds the original sizes of your active funded accounts. Two \$50K
accounts in the same model use its entire \$100K allowance. Trading profits,
losses, and withdrawals do not change the allocation used. Failed, closed, and
archived accounts no longer use active allocation.
If funding another passed account would exceed either limit, the application
enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement completion.
It does not receive a funded account automatically. For example, passing a
second \$100K Prime account while you already hold \$100K funded in Prime requires
Funding Review, even if your total across all models is below \$300K.
A review does not guarantee additional allocation. Funding approval must remain
within both limits. Your completed identity check and signed agreement remain
on the application while it waits.
+ If one of your active funded accounts fails or is closed while the application
+ waits, and the waiting account now fits within both limits, it is funded
+ automatically. You do not need to contact support. When several applications
+ are waiting, the one you signed first is funded first.
3. Follow any funding review
Some passed accounts can enter Funding Review In Progress after identity
and agreement completion. The dashboard shows whether the account is waiting
for review, needs attention, was not approved, or is ready.
Do not repeat identity or signing steps after they are shown as complete.
4. Open the funded account
When funding is approved, choose Go to Funded Account or select the new
funded account in the account switcher. Confirm that its stage is Funded
and its status is Active before trading.
The funded account is separate from the passed evaluation. It has its own
balance, rules, positions, payout cycle, and history.
A funded account must record an executed trade at least once every 7
The limit adds the original sizes of your active funded accounts. Two \$50K
accounts in the same model use its entire \$100K allowance. Trading profits,
losses, and withdrawals do not change the allocation used. Failed, closed, and
archived accounts no longer use active allocation.
If funding another passed account would exceed either limit, the application
enters Funding Review after identity verification and agreement completion.
It does not receive a funded account automatically. For example, passing a
second \$100K Prime account while you already hold \$100K funded in Prime requires
Funding Review, even if your total across all models is below \$300K.
A review does not guarantee additional allocation. Funding approval must remain
within both limits. Your completed identity check and signed agreement remain
on the application while it waits.
+ If one of your active funded accounts fails or is closed while the application
+ waits, and the waiting account now fits within both limits, it is funded
+ automatically. You do not need to contact support. When several applications
+ are waiting, the one you signed first is funded first.
3. Follow any funding review
Some passed accounts can enter Funding Review In Progress after identity
and agreement completion. The dashboard shows whether the account is waiting
for review, needs attention, was not approved, or is ready.
Do not repeat identity or signing steps after they are shown as complete.
4. Open the funded account
When funding is approved, choose Go to Funded Account or select the new
funded account in the account switcher. Confirm that its stage is Funded
and its status is Active before trading.
The funded account is separate from the passed evaluation. It has its own
balance, rules, positions, payout cycle, and history.
A funded account must record an executed trade at least once every 7
PremierMyFundedPerps · Affiliate ProgramCommission History now shows full Order ID instead of redacted version; first-purchase offer increased from 25% off to up to 30% off.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
until the review is complete.
- Purchase emails: when a purchase made with your code is credited to
you, we email the address on your account with the commission amount, the
code used, and a partially hidden email of the buyer. Each purchase sends
one email while notifications are enabled, including repeat purchases by
the same buyer. Historical purchases do not generate emails when their
commission is corrected or approved. For new purchases, commission held
for eligibility review is emailed once it is approved, and failed or
abandoned checkouts send nothing. "Earned" means the commission is recorded
on your affiliate balance, not that it has been paid out. Turn these emails
off or back on under
Notification settings.
− - Commission History shows a redacted Order ID beneath each product:
− an ellipsis followed by the last eight characters. Use this reference to
− distinguish purchases when discussing a commission with support. Each
order with a calculated commission also shows the rate it was calculated
at, including any promotion rate.
- Commission is approved when the refund hold ends, even if you have not
verified your identity yet. When you complete identity verification, earlier
approved commission is checked again, and commission on a purchase found to
be your own is removed.
- A refund or chargeback during the refund hold removes the order's
commission. A refund or chargeback after the hold ends does not: the
approved commission stays yours.
FP Points
Qualifying affiliate revenue also earns FP Points at the rate shown under
Ways to Earn on Rewards. These
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
− - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 25% off an eligible first
− purchase and 20% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
− of the artwork and do not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
− shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code
− matches both advertised rates. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
− and a 25% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
− Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes, and
− Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
team issues you. The tab appears once your first code is issued. Affiliates
without codes do not see this tab.
After
until the review is complete.
- Purchase emails: when a purchase made with your code is credited to
you, we email the address on your account with the commission amount, the
code used, and a partially hidden email of the buyer. Each purchase sends
one email while notifications are enabled, including repeat purchases by
the same buyer. Historical purchases do not generate emails when their
commission is corrected or approved. For new purchases, commission held
for eligibility review is emailed once it is approved, and failed or
abandoned checkouts send nothing. "Earned" means the commission is recorded
on your affiliate balance, not that it has been paid out. Turn these emails
off or back on under
Notification settings.
+ - Commission History shows the full Order ID beneath each product.
+ It is the same order number (starting with FP-) that appears on the
+ buyer's invoice and receipt, so you can match orders to invoices and
+ reference a purchase when discussing a commission with support. Each
order with a calculated commission also shows the rate it was calculated
at, including any promotion rate.
- Commission is approved when the refund hold ends, even if you have not
verified your identity yet. When you complete identity verification, earlier
approved commission is checked again, and commission on a purchase found to
be your own is removed.
- A refund or chargeback during the refund hold removes the order's
commission. A refund or chargeback after the hold ends does not: the
approved commission stays yours.
FP Points
Qualifying affiliate revenue also earns FP Points at the rate shown under
Ways to Earn on Rewards. These
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
+ - Advertised offer. Every graphic invites buyers to use your code for up
+ to 30% off, the rate for an eligible first purchase. This rate is part of
+ the artwork and does not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
+ shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code gives
+ 30% off an eligible first purchase. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
+ and an Up to 30% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions
+ of Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes,
+ and Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
team issues you. The tab appears once your first code is issued. Affiliates
without codes do not see this tab.
until the review is complete.
- Purchase emails: when a purchase made with your code is credited to
you, we email the address on your account with the commission amount, the
code used, and a partially hidden email of the buyer. Each purchase sends
one email while notifications are enabled, including repeat purchases by
the same buyer. Historical purchases do not generate emails when their
commission is corrected or approved. For new purchases, commission held
for eligibility review is emailed once it is approved, and failed or
abandoned checkouts send nothing. "Earned" means the commission is recorded
on your affiliate balance, not that it has been paid out. Turn these emails
off or back on under
Notification settings.
− - Commission History shows a redacted Order ID beneath each product:
− an ellipsis followed by the last eight characters. Use this reference to
− distinguish purchases when discussing a commission with support. Each
+ - Commission History shows the full Order ID beneath each product.
+ It is the same order number (starting with FP-) that appears on the
+ buyer's invoice and receipt, so you can match orders to invoices and
+ reference a purchase when discussing a commission with support. Each
order with a calculated commission also shows the rate it was calculated
at, including any promotion rate.
- Commission is approved when the refund hold ends, even if you have not
verified your identity yet. When you complete identity verification, earlier
approved commission is checked again, and commission on a purchase found to
be your own is removed.
- A refund or chargeback during the refund hold removes the order's
commission. A refund or chargeback after the hold ends does not: the
approved commission stays yours.
FP Points
Qualifying affiliate revenue also earns FP Points at the rate shown under
Ways to Earn on Rewards. These
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
− - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 25% off an eligible first
− purchase and 20% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
− of the artwork and do not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
− shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code
− matches both advertised rates. Previously downloaded graphics may show
+ - Advertised offer. Every graphic invites buyers to use your code for up
+ to 30% off, the rate for an eligible first purchase. This rate is part of
+ the artwork and does not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
+ shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code gives
+ 30% off an eligible first purchase. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
− and a 25% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
− Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes, and
− Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
+ and an Up to 30% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions
+ of Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes,
+ and Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
team issues you. The tab appears once your first code is issued. Affiliates
without codes do not see this tab.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Update TP/SL attached to a resting limit entryPage removed from the help center.Oct 18
PremierTradeify 247 · Payouts and Billing | Tradeify 247Cryptocurrency payout processing description updated; KYC verification note expanded with account type details; 3 other minor changes.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Section: Cryptocurrency
− Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
- $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 247-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
Section: ⚠️ Important disclaimer
− ⚠ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 247's control.
− Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Section: How to Request a Payout
− Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
Required documents:
- Government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement - dated within 3 months)
- Selfie with ID document
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
After
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Section: Cryptocurrency
+ Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo.
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
- $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 247-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
Section: ⚠️ Important disclaimer
+ ⚠️ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 247's control.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Section: How to Request a Payout
+ Note: KYC is completed before your first payout is possible: evaluation accounts complete it after passing, before the funded account is activated, and Instant Funding accounts complete it at purchase. Your payout provider (for example Rise) may also verify you before it sends your first payout. See KYC Verification below.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
Required documents:
- Government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement - dated within 3 months)
- Selfie with ID document
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Section: Cryptocurrency
− Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
+ Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo.
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
- $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 247-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
Section: ⚠️ Important disclaimer
− ⚠ Important disclaimer
+ ⚠️ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 247's control.
− Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Section: How to Request a Payout
− Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
+ Note: KYC is completed before your first payout is possible: evaluation accounts complete it after passing, before the funded account is activated, and Instant Funding accounts complete it at purchase. Your payout provider (for example Rise) may also verify you before it sends your first payout. See KYC Verification below.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
Required documents:
- Government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement - dated within 3 months)
- Selfie with ID document
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading with the APIStop_market and stop_limit orders now support attached take-profit/stop-loss; attached-exits endpoint extended to stop_market and stop_limit entries.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
that account's position. Long and short notional
add together. An opening fill that would exceed the cap is rejected with
exposure_cap, without resizing. Reductions and closes remain allowed, and
freed capacity becomes available at the next refresh, approximately 10 seconds
later. See Asset Exposure Limits.
Standard and advanced orders
Send orders to POST /v1/orders. If type is omitted, the request is treated
as a market order for compatibility with existing clients.
type | Required price fields | Important options
market | expected_price | slippage_tolerance_bps, attached TP/SL
limit | limit_price | attached TP/SL, IOC, FOK, or GTD time in force
chase | chase_offset | optional chase_cap_price
− stop_market | trigger_price | optional reduce-only protection
− stop_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order
take_market | trigger_price | opening conditional order
take_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order
take_profit | trigger_price, reduce_only: true | position protection
conditional | trigger_price, trigger_market_id, trigger_direction | observe one market and execute on another
The server resolves provider, symbol, and venue coin from market_id. Do not
send those fields. expected_price records what your client observed, but it
never controls the execution price, margin calculation, or slippage reference.
FX markets trade on veranta. Use their current market_id values from
GET /v1/markets. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and USD/JPY markets are
retiring: they accept only orders that reduce or close existing positions
there. The historical fpx and lighter providers are retired and have no
markets available for new trades.
copy uses the leverage you send, lowered to the follower's own maximum for
that market when needed, and keeps the margin mode of any position the
follower already holds in that market. See
Copy Trading.
Use GET /v1/orders?client_order_id=... to resolve your caller-assigned order
identity when the placement response or server id is unavailable. This lookup
survives API key rotation and returns the normal order-page shape with zero or
one result.
If the server cannot prove the snapshot is complete inside the active-order
bound, it returns 503 with Retry-After instead of returning truncated data.
- PATCH /v1/orders/{order_id} changes price and optionally size.
- PUT /v1/orders/{order_id}/attached-exits sets or removes TP/SL attached to
− a resting limit entry. Send null to remove a leg.
- DELETE /v1/orders/{order_id} cancels a working order or queues cancellation
when execution already owns the row.
To cancel the complete ordinary-order snapshot for an account, send
POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/cancel-all-orders with an Idempotency-Key.
It includes resting orders and armed trigger orders. An in-flight market order
can still settle, and active TWAP, VWAP, or scaled parents must be canceled
through their own endpoints. Each request advances at most five source orders,
with every source cancellation isolated in its own transaction. A 202
response includes progress and Retry-After; repeat the same request until the
operation reports completed.
Chase orders cannot be modified. Cancel the chase and place a replacement with
new offset or cap settings.
After
that account's position. Long and short notional
add together. An opening fill that would exceed the cap is rejected with
exposure_cap, without resizing. Reductions and closes remain allowed, and
freed capacity becomes available at the next refresh, approximately 10 seconds
later. See Asset Exposure Limits.
Standard and advanced orders
Send orders to POST /v1/orders. If type is omitted, the request is treated
as a market order for compatibility with existing clients.
type | Required price fields | Important options
market | expected_price | slippage_tolerance_bps, attached TP/SL
limit | limit_price | attached TP/SL, IOC, FOK, or GTD time in force
chase | chase_offset | optional chase_cap_price
+ stop_market | trigger_price | attached TP/SL, or reduce-only protection
+ stop_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order, attached TP/SL
take_market | trigger_price | opening conditional order
take_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order
take_profit | trigger_price, reduce_only: true | position protection
conditional | trigger_price, trigger_market_id, trigger_direction | observe one market and execute on another
The server resolves provider, symbol, and venue coin from market_id. Do not
send those fields. expected_price records what your client observed, but it
never controls the execution price, margin calculation, or slippage reference.
FX markets trade on veranta. Use their current market_id values from
GET /v1/markets. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and USD/JPY markets are
retiring: they accept only orders that reduce or close existing positions
there. The historical fpx and lighter providers are retired and have no
markets available for new trades.
copy uses the leverage you send, lowered to the follower's own maximum for
that market when needed, and keeps the margin mode of any position the
follower already holds in that market. See
Copy Trading.
Use GET /v1/orders?client_order_id=... to resolve your caller-assigned order
identity when the placement response or server id is unavailable. This lookup
survives API key rotation and returns the normal order-page shape with zero or
one result.
If the server cannot prove the snapshot is complete inside the active-order
bound, it returns 503 with Retry-After instead of returning truncated data.
- PATCH /v1/orders/{order_id} changes price and optionally size.
- PUT /v1/orders/{order_id}/attached-exits sets or removes TP/SL attached to
+ a resting limit, stop_market, or stop_limit entry. Send null to remove
+ a leg.
- DELETE /v1/orders/{order_id} cancels a working order or queues cancellation
when execution already owns the row.
To cancel the complete ordinary-order snapshot for an account, send
POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/cancel-all-orders with an Idempotency-Key.
It includes resting orders and armed trigger orders. An in-flight market order
can still settle, and active TWAP, VWAP, or scaled parents must be canceled
through their own endpoints. Each request advances at most five source orders,
with every source cancellation isolated in its own transaction. A 202
response includes progress and Retry-After; repeat the same request until the
operation reports completed.
Chase orders cannot be modified. Cancel the chase and place a replacement with
new offset or cap settings.
that account's position. Long and short notional
add together. An opening fill that would exceed the cap is rejected with
exposure_cap, without resizing. Reductions and closes remain allowed, and
freed capacity becomes available at the next refresh, approximately 10 seconds
later. See Asset Exposure Limits.
Standard and advanced orders
Send orders to POST /v1/orders. If type is omitted, the request is treated
as a market order for compatibility with existing clients.
type | Required price fields | Important options
market | expected_price | slippage_tolerance_bps, attached TP/SL
limit | limit_price | attached TP/SL, IOC, FOK, or GTD time in force
chase | chase_offset | optional chase_cap_price
− stop_market | trigger_price | optional reduce-only protection
− stop_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order
+ stop_market | trigger_price | attached TP/SL, or reduce-only protection
+ stop_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order, attached TP/SL
take_market | trigger_price | opening conditional order
take_limit | trigger_price, limit_price | opening conditional order
take_profit | trigger_price, reduce_only: true | position protection
conditional | trigger_price, trigger_market_id, trigger_direction | observe one market and execute on another
The server resolves provider, symbol, and venue coin from market_id. Do not
send those fields. expected_price records what your client observed, but it
never controls the execution price, margin calculation, or slippage reference.
FX markets trade on veranta. Use their current market_id values from
GET /v1/markets. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and USD/JPY markets are
retiring: they accept only orders that reduce or close existing positions
there. The historical fpx and lighter providers are retired and have no
markets available for new trades.
copy uses the leverage you send, lowered to the follower's own maximum for
that market when needed, and keeps the margin mode of any position the
follower already holds in that market. See
Copy Trading.
Use GET /v1/orders?client_order_id=... to resolve your caller-assigned order
identity when the placement response or server id is unavailable. This lookup
survives API key rotation and returns the normal order-page shape with zero or
one result.
If the server cannot prove the snapshot is complete inside the active-order
bound, it returns 503 with Retry-After instead of returning truncated data.
- PATCH /v1/orders/{order_id} changes price and optionally size.
- PUT /v1/orders/{order_id}/attached-exits sets or removes TP/SL attached to
− a resting limit entry. Send null to remove a leg.
+ a resting limit, stop_market, or stop_limit entry. Send null to remove
+ a leg.
- DELETE /v1/orders/{order_id} cancels a working order or queues cancellation
when execution already owns the row.
To cancel the complete ordinary-order snapshot for an account, send
POST /v1/accounts/{account_id}/cancel-all-orders with an Idempotency-Key.
It includes resting orders and armed trigger orders. An in-flight market order
can still settle, and active TWAP, VWAP, or scaled parents must be canceled
through their own endpoints. Each request advances at most five source orders,
with every source cancellation isolated in its own transaction. A 202
response includes progress and Retry-After; repeat the same request until the
operation reports completed.
Chase orders cannot be modified. Cancel the chase and place a replacement with
new offset or cap settings.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading GuideFixed Range Volume Profile drawing added with developing POC and value-area tracking; Take Profit and Stop Loss attachment rules added for multiple order types.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Chart customization such as colors, chart style, and scale settings follows
you to every market, while drawings stay on the market where you drew them.
To build your own indicators, see Custom Scripts.
When another tab or device has synchronized a template change, your next
template edit uses that updated collection. If two tabs save conflicting
changes at the same time, the app rejects the older change to protect the
newer saved version.
To change a drawing's settings, such as the levels, colors, and labels of a
Fibonacci retracement, right-click the drawing and choose Settings… at the
top of the menu, or double-click one of its lines. When the chart is tall
enough, the toolbar that appears after you select a drawing also shows a
settings icon.
Trade on a phone
On a phone, the trade page uses a single header row: the menu, the market
picker, the current mark price with its 24h change, and your notifications.
While One-Click Trading is on, the header also has a
lightning button that shows or hides the One-Click window.
The page fills the screen, including the space Safari frees when you hide its
toolbar.
- Tap the mark price, or the info icon beside the market name, to open
Market Details. When the market trades on more than one venue, the
Venue picker at the top switches between them (shown as **Trading
Hours** when the choice is between standard market hours and 24/7). Below it are mark price,
24h change, open interest, 24h volume, and any notes about the market, such
Trading settings). Review
the trigger, direction, quantity, and whether the exit uses market or limit
behavior where the ticket offers that choice.
For a new order, you can enter either a trigger price or an estimated gain or
loss. The last field you edit controls the target. If you enter a USD amount or
percentage, the draft trigger price updates with the estimated entry price,
size, leverage, and fees until you submit. If you enter or drag the trigger
price, that price stays fixed and the gain or loss estimate updates instead.
If you switch between Long and Short, a fixed Take Profit or Stop Loss price
moves to the other side of the entry price at the same distance, so it still
protects the new direction. Once submitted, the order uses its saved trigger
price.
While you draft a limit order, the draft limit line on the chart shows TP
and SL handles. Drag a handle up or down to set that Take Profit or Stop
Loss price. The ticket turns on TP/SL and fills in the price, and the draft
line stays in sync with the ticket as you edit either one. Nothing is placed
until you submit the order. A handle is hidden once its level is set, and the
SL handle is hidden while a trailing stop is selected. The selected amount is
an estimate, not a guaranteed final profit or loss.
New Take Profit, Stop Loss, and other conditional orders use the market's
standard chart source:
Venue | Trigger source
Binance, Bybit, Hyperliquid (including forex) | Last traded price
For Last Price triggers, one actual trade touching your level is enough,
After
Chart customization such as colors, chart style, and scale settings follows
you to every market, while drawings stay on the market where you drew them.
To build your own indicators, see Custom Scripts.
When another tab or device has synchronized a template change, your next
template edit uses that updated collection. If two tabs save conflicting
changes at the same time, the app rejects the older change to protect the
newer saved version.
To change a drawing's settings, such as the levels, colors, and labels of a
Fibonacci retracement, right-click the drawing and choose Settings… at the
top of the menu, or double-click one of its lines. When the chart is tall
enough, the toolbar that appears after you select a drawing also shows a
settings icon.
+ A new Fixed Range Volume Profile drawing shows its developing point of
+ control (POC) and developing value area as step lines across the range. The
+ upper and lower value-area lines track the value area high (VAH) and value
+ area low (VAL) bar by bar. At the end of the range they match the final VAH
+ and VAL for the whole range. Past the end of the range, the lines continue
+ flat at those final levels: candles after the range are not counted. To hide
+ either line, open the drawing's settings and turn off Developing Poc or
+ Developing VA on the Style tab. Change the share of volume the value
+ area covers with Value Area Volume on the Inputs tab. Profiles you drew
+ before this change keep their own settings.
Trade on a phone
On a phone, the trade page uses a single header row: the menu, the market
picker, the current mark price with its 24h change, and your notifications.
While One-Click Trading is on, the header also has a
lightning button that shows or hides the One-Click window.
The page fills the screen, including the space Safari frees when you hide its
toolbar.
- Tap the mark price, or the info icon beside the market name, to open
Market Details. When the market trades on more than one venue, the
Venue picker at the top switches between them (shown as **Trading
Hours** when the choice is between standard market hours and 24/7). Below it are mark price,
24h change, open interest, 24h volume, and any notes about the market, such
Trading settings). Review
the trigger, direction, quantity, and whether the exit uses market or limit
behavior where the ticket offers that choice.
For a new order, you can enter either a trigger price or an estimated gain or
loss. The last field you edit controls the target. If you enter a USD amount or
percentage, the draft trigger price updates with the estimated entry price,
size, leverage, and fees until you submit. If you enter or drag the trigger
price, that price stays fixed and the gain or loss estimate updates instead.
If you switch between Long and Short, a fixed Take Profit or Stop Loss price
moves to the other side of the entry price at the same distance, so it still
protects the new direction. Once submitted, the order uses its saved trigger
price.
+ You can attach a Take Profit and Stop Loss to market, limit, Stop Market, and
+ Stop Limit entries. On a limit or stop entry, the TP/SL waits with the order and
+ is placed only when the entry fills, so it cannot trigger before you have a
+ position. A TP/SL on a Stop Market entry is checked against its trigger price,
+ and on a Stop Limit entry against its limit price. If the entry fills at a price
+ that would put the Take Profit or Stop Loss on the wrong side of your entry, the
+ order is rejected instead of opening an unprotected position. You can change or
+ remove a waiting TP/SL from Open Orders until the entry fills. Take Market,
+ Take Limit, and reduce-only orders cannot carry a TP/SL.
While you draft a limit order, the draft limit line on the chart shows TP
and SL handles. Drag a handle up or down to set that Take Profit or Stop
Loss price. The ticket turns on TP/SL and fills in the price, and the draft
line stays in sync with the ticket as you edit either one. Nothing is placed
until you submit the order. A handle is hidden once its level is set, and the
SL handle is hidden while a trailing stop is selected. The selected amount is
an estimate, not a guaranteed final profit or loss.
New Take Profit, Stop Loss, and other conditional orders use the market's
standard chart source:
Venue | Trigger source
Binance, Bybit, Hyperliquid (including forex) | Last traded price
For Last Price triggers, one actual trade touching your level is enough,
Chart customization such as colors, chart style, and scale settings follows
you to every market, while drawings stay on the market where you drew them.
To build your own indicators, see Custom Scripts.
When another tab or device has synchronized a template change, your next
template edit uses that updated collection. If two tabs save conflicting
changes at the same time, the app rejects the older change to protect the
newer saved version.
To change a drawing's settings, such as the levels, colors, and labels of a
Fibonacci retracement, right-click the drawing and choose Settings… at the
top of the menu, or double-click one of its lines. When the chart is tall
enough, the toolbar that appears after you select a drawing also shows a
settings icon.
+ A new Fixed Range Volume Profile drawing shows its developing point of
+ control (POC) and developing value area as step lines across the range. The
+ upper and lower value-area lines track the value area high (VAH) and value
+ area low (VAL) bar by bar. At the end of the range they match the final VAH
+ and VAL for the whole range. Past the end of the range, the lines continue
+ flat at those final levels: candles after the range are not counted. To hide
+ either line, open the drawing's settings and turn off Developing Poc or
+ Developing VA on the Style tab. Change the share of volume the value
+ area covers with Value Area Volume on the Inputs tab. Profiles you drew
+ before this change keep their own settings.
Trade on a phone
On a phone, the trade page uses a single header row: the menu, the market
picker, the current mark price with its 24h change, and your notifications.
While One-Click Trading is on, the header also has a
lightning button that shows or hides the One-Click window.
The page fills the screen, including the space Safari frees when you hide its
toolbar.
- Tap the mark price, or the info icon beside the market name, to open
Market Details. When the market trades on more than one venue, the
Venue picker at the top switches between them (shown as **Trading
Hours** when the choice is between standard market hours and 24/7). Below it are mark price,
24h change, open interest, 24h volume, and any notes about the market, such
Trading settings). Review
the trigger, direction, quantity, and whether the exit uses market or limit
behavior where the ticket offers that choice.
For a new order, you can enter either a trigger price or an estimated gain or
loss. The last field you edit controls the target. If you enter a USD amount or
percentage, the draft trigger price updates with the estimated entry price,
size, leverage, and fees until you submit. If you enter or drag the trigger
price, that price stays fixed and the gain or loss estimate updates instead.
If you switch between Long and Short, a fixed Take Profit or Stop Loss price
moves to the other side of the entry price at the same distance, so it still
protects the new direction. Once submitted, the order uses its saved trigger
price.
+ You can attach a Take Profit and Stop Loss to market, limit, Stop Market, and
+ Stop Limit entries. On a limit or stop entry, the TP/SL waits with the order and
+ is placed only when the entry fills, so it cannot trigger before you have a
+ position. A TP/SL on a Stop Market entry is checked against its trigger price,
+ and on a Stop Limit entry against its limit price. If the entry fills at a price
+ that would put the Take Profit or Stop Loss on the wrong side of your entry, the
+ order is rejected instead of opening an unprotected position. You can change or
+ remove a waiting TP/SL from Open Orders until the entry fills. Take Market,
+ Take Limit, and reduce-only orders cannot carry a TP/SL.
While you draft a limit order, the draft limit line on the chart shows TP
and SL handles. Drag a handle up or down to set that Take Profit or Stop
Loss price. The ticket turns on TP/SL and fills in the price, and the draft
line stays in sync with the ticket as you edit either one. Nothing is placed
until you submit the order. A handle is hidden once its level is set, and the
SL handle is hidden while a trailing stop is selected. The selected amount is
an estimate, not a guaranteed final profit or loss.
New Take Profit, Stop Loss, and other conditional orders use the market's
standard chart source:
Venue | Trigger source
Binance, Bybit, Hyperliquid (including forex) | Last traded price
For Last Price triggers, one actual trade touching your level is enough,
PremierMyFundedPerps · Elite AccountsAdded clarification that 3% DLL accounts maintain their daily loss floor after withdrawals, with reference to related documentation.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Withdrawals and your loss cushion
A payout deducts its full gross amount from the balance, which reduces the room
above the loss threshold by the same amount. The threshold itself does not
move.
For example, an Elite \$25K account at \$27,000 equity with no open positions
has \$2,000 of profit and \$3,250 of room above its \$23,750 threshold.
Requesting all of it deducts \$2,000 gross and pays you \$1,600 (\$1,800 with
the 90/10 upgrade). The balance
returns to \$25,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, and the room above it
returns to the original \$1,250.
Select, Prime, and Signature work differently: their loss threshold locks to
the starting balance on the first withdrawal. Elite never has that lock.
Lifetime payout cap
Elite payouts count toward the
\$100,000 lifetime payout cap
per user, combined across every plan and counted after the profit split. This
is separate from the \$100,000 Elite funded allocation cap: the payout cap
limits the money you can receive, while the funded cap limits the total
starting size of your active Sim Funded Elite accounts.
After
Withdrawals and your loss cushion
A payout deducts its full gross amount from the balance, which reduces the room
above the loss threshold by the same amount. The threshold itself does not
move.
For example, an Elite \$25K account at \$27,000 equity with no open positions
has \$2,000 of profit and \$3,250 of room above its \$23,750 threshold.
Requesting all of it deducts \$2,000 gross and pays you \$1,600 (\$1,800 with
the 90/10 upgrade). The balance
returns to \$25,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, and the room above it
returns to the original \$1,250.
Select, Prime, and Signature work differently: their loss threshold locks to
the starting balance on the first withdrawal. Elite never has that lock.
+ On a 3% DLL account, a withdrawal also never lowers the daily loss floor below
+ where it started that day. See
+ Daily loss limit after a withdrawal.
Lifetime payout cap
Elite payouts count toward the
\$100,000 lifetime payout cap
per user, combined across every plan and counted after the profit split. This
is separate from the \$100,000 Elite funded allocation cap: the payout cap
limits the money you can receive, while the funded cap limits the total
starting size of your active Sim Funded Elite accounts.
Withdrawals and your loss cushion
A payout deducts its full gross amount from the balance, which reduces the room
above the loss threshold by the same amount. The threshold itself does not
move.
For example, an Elite \$25K account at \$27,000 equity with no open positions
has \$2,000 of profit and \$3,250 of room above its \$23,750 threshold.
Requesting all of it deducts \$2,000 gross and pays you \$1,600 (\$1,800 with
the 90/10 upgrade). The balance
returns to \$25,000, the threshold stays at \$23,750, and the room above it
returns to the original \$1,250.
Select, Prime, and Signature work differently: their loss threshold locks to
the starting balance on the first withdrawal. Elite never has that lock.
+ On a 3% DLL account, a withdrawal also never lowers the daily loss floor below
+ where it started that day. See
+ Daily loss limit after a withdrawal.
Lifetime payout cap
Elite payouts count toward the
\$100,000 lifetime payout cap
per user, combined across every plan and counted after the profit split. This
is separate from the \$100,000 Elite funded allocation cap: the payout cap
limits the money you can receive, while the funded cap limits the total
starting size of your active Sim Funded Elite accounts.
PremierMyFundedPerps · PayoutsAdded section explaining how withdrawals interact with daily loss limits, including example calculation.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Elite requests show the gross deduction and Balance After Payout only,
because their floor does not change.
The preview updates as you change the requested amount and appears again in
confirmation. The loss buffer is the projected balance minus the permanent
max loss floor, using the full gross deduction rather than just your share.
A zero-buffer warning appears when the payout leaves no room above the floor.
If the projected balance falls below the floor, an explicit breach warning
appears and submission is blocked, including when the entered amount exceeds
the available payout. Reduce your request to retain room for trading losses
and fees. This buffer
only measures the max loss floor; the daily loss rule still applies. Cash and
store-credit allocation do not change the buffer.
Split cash and store credit
Yes, funded payouts can still be redeemed for store credit. On most
accounts you can take 100% as cash through Rise, 100% as store credit, or any
split between the two.
Use the slider, a preset, or enter the store-credit amount. The request panel
shows each part before you confirm.
Some accounts are paid in store credit only. \$1K and \$2.5K Select accounts,
for example, cannot take any part of a payout as cash. On these accounts the request panel
shows Paid as Store Credit in place of the slider, and the whole requested
amount is converted to store credit. Payout Terms lists the payout method as
Store credit only. These payouts do not receive the store-credit boost
because the accounts already have a 90/10 split, so a \$30 request grants \$30
After
Elite requests show the gross deduction and Balance After Payout only,
because their floor does not change.
The preview updates as you change the requested amount and appears again in
confirmation. The loss buffer is the projected balance minus the permanent
max loss floor, using the full gross deduction rather than just your share.
A zero-buffer warning appears when the payout leaves no room above the floor.
If the projected balance falls below the floor, an explicit breach warning
appears and submission is blocked, including when the entered amount exceeds
the available payout. Reduce your request to retain room for trading losses
and fees. This buffer
only measures the max loss floor; the daily loss rule still applies. Cash and
store-credit allocation do not change the buffer.
+ Daily loss limit after a withdrawal
+ A withdrawal never counts as a daily loss. On plans with a daily loss limit,
+ a payout first uses up any profit you made earlier in the same trading day.
+ That withdrawn profit no longer adds room under the daily loss limit, so the
+ daily loss floor never drops below where it started that day.
+ For example, a \$5K account with a 3% daily loss limit (\$150) starts the day
+ at \$5,000, so its daily loss floor is \$4,850. It gains \$280, then withdraws
+ \$280 gross. The balance returns to \$5,000 and the daily loss floor stays at
+ \$4,850. If the withdrawal is larger than the day's profit, the floor moves
+ down only by the extra amount, so the withdrawal still does not count as a
+ loss.
Split cash and store credit
Yes, funded payouts can still be redeemed for store credit. On most
accounts you can take 100% as cash through Rise, 100% as store credit, or any
split between the two.
Use the slider, a preset, or enter the store-credit amount. The request panel
shows each part before you confirm.
Some accounts are paid in store credit only. \$1K and \$2.5K Select accounts,
for example, cannot take any part of a payout as cash. On these accounts the request panel
shows Paid as Store Credit in place of the slider, and the whole requested
amount is converted to store credit. Payout Terms lists the payout method as
Store credit only. These payouts do not receive the store-credit boost
because the accounts already have a 90/10 split, so a \$30 request grants \$30
Elite requests show the gross deduction and Balance After Payout only,
because their floor does not change.
The preview updates as you change the requested amount and appears again in
confirmation. The loss buffer is the projected balance minus the permanent
max loss floor, using the full gross deduction rather than just your share.
A zero-buffer warning appears when the payout leaves no room above the floor.
If the projected balance falls below the floor, an explicit breach warning
appears and submission is blocked, including when the entered amount exceeds
the available payout. Reduce your request to retain room for trading losses
and fees. This buffer
only measures the max loss floor; the daily loss rule still applies. Cash and
store-credit allocation do not change the buffer.
+ Daily loss limit after a withdrawal
+ A withdrawal never counts as a daily loss. On plans with a daily loss limit,
+ a payout first uses up any profit you made earlier in the same trading day.
+ That withdrawn profit no longer adds room under the daily loss limit, so the
+ daily loss floor never drops below where it started that day.
+ For example, a \$5K account with a 3% daily loss limit (\$150) starts the day
+ at \$5,000, so its daily loss floor is \$4,850. It gains \$280, then withdraws
+ \$280 gross. The balance returns to \$5,000 and the daily loss floor stays at
+ \$4,850. If the withdrawal is larger than the day's profit, the floor moves
+ down only by the extra amount, so the withdrawal still does not count as a
+ loss.
Split cash and store credit
Yes, funded payouts can still be redeemed for store credit. On most
accounts you can take 100% as cash through Rise, 100% as store credit, or any
split between the two.
Use the slider, a preset, or enter the store-credit amount. The request panel
shows each part before you confirm.
Some accounts are paid in store credit only. \$1K and \$2.5K Select accounts,
for example, cannot take any part of a payout as cash. On these accounts the request panel
shows Paid as Store Credit in place of the slider, and the whole requested
amount is converted to store credit. Payout Terms lists the payout method as
Store credit only. These payouts do not receive the store-credit boost
because the accounts already have a 90/10 split, so a \$30 request grants \$30
PremierMyFundedPerps · Update TP/SL attached to a resting limit or stop entryNew page published.Oct 18
PremierMyFundedPerps · API capabilitiesEntry protection now includes stop-market and stop-limit orders in addition to market and limit orders.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/api-capabilities
Compare the public REST API and MCP tools with the trading website.
The developer API is in beta. Breaking changes may be introduced at any time.
Trading coverage
The public API can place and manage trades on existing challenge accounts.
It uses the website's paper execution engine and server-side trading rules.
It does not expose every website feature.
Capability | Public API support
Account selection | List non-archived accounts accessible to the credential and read an account's risk snapshot.
Market discovery | List execution markets, inspect a market's availability, and request a current quote with an optional size estimate.
Standard orders | Market, limit, chase, stop-market, stop-limit, take-market, take-limit, take-profit, and external conditional orders.
Limit instructions | IOC, FOK, and GTD; omit time in force for GTC.
− Entry protection | Attached TP/SL on market and non-reduce-only limit entries.
Order lifecycle | Read working orders and paginated history; modify supported working orders, cancel, and update attached exits.
Position lifecycle | Read open and closed positions; close fully or partially using market, limit, or external conditional orders.
Protective exits | Batch TP/SL placement, modification, cancellation, and OCO pairing, including price-capped exits.
Margin | Supply leverage and margin mode when placing orders; add or remove extra isolated margin by setting its target total.
Execution strategies | Create, inspect, and cancel TWAP, VWAP, and scaled ladders. Use the documented status filters when listing strategy parents.
Account-wide actions | Resumable cancel-all ordinary orders and close-all positions. Strategy parents require separate cancellation.
Reconciliation | Order IDs, caller-assigned IDs for ordinary and close orders, paginated fills, and partial-fill lineage.
Copy trading | List, save, and disable copy-trading groups whose members the credential can access, and acknowledge a completed copy stop.
Trading policy | Read an account's effective rules, trading limits, restrictions, payout and copy locks, and trading halts.
Account events | A WebSocket stream of order, fill, position, and balance changes across the key's accounts.
See Trading with the API for behavior and examples and the
REST reference for request and response fields.
After
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/api-capabilities
Compare the public REST API and MCP tools with the trading website.
The developer API is in beta. Breaking changes may be introduced at any time.
Trading coverage
The public API can place and manage trades on existing challenge accounts.
It uses the website's paper execution engine and server-side trading rules.
It does not expose every website feature.
Capability | Public API support
Account selection | List non-archived accounts accessible to the credential and read an account's risk snapshot.
Market discovery | List execution markets, inspect a market's availability, and request a current quote with an optional size estimate.
Standard orders | Market, limit, chase, stop-market, stop-limit, take-market, take-limit, take-profit, and external conditional orders.
Limit instructions | IOC, FOK, and GTD; omit time in force for GTC.
+ Entry protection | Attached TP/SL on market and non-reduce-only limit, stop-market, and stop-limit entries.
Order lifecycle | Read working orders and paginated history; modify supported working orders, cancel, and update attached exits.
Position lifecycle | Read open and closed positions; close fully or partially using market, limit, or external conditional orders.
Protective exits | Batch TP/SL placement, modification, cancellation, and OCO pairing, including price-capped exits.
Margin | Supply leverage and margin mode when placing orders; add or remove extra isolated margin by setting its target total.
Execution strategies | Create, inspect, and cancel TWAP, VWAP, and scaled ladders. Use the documented status filters when listing strategy parents.
Account-wide actions | Resumable cancel-all ordinary orders and close-all positions. Strategy parents require separate cancellation.
Reconciliation | Order IDs, caller-assigned IDs for ordinary and close orders, paginated fills, and partial-fill lineage.
Copy trading | List, save, and disable copy-trading groups whose members the credential can access, and acknowledge a completed copy stop.
Trading policy | Read an account's effective rules, trading limits, restrictions, payout and copy locks, and trading halts.
Account events | A WebSocket stream of order, fill, position, and balance changes across the key's accounts.
See Trading with the API for behavior and examples and the
REST reference for request and response fields.
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/api-capabilities
Compare the public REST API and MCP tools with the trading website.
The developer API is in beta. Breaking changes may be introduced at any time.
Trading coverage
The public API can place and manage trades on existing challenge accounts.
It uses the website's paper execution engine and server-side trading rules.
It does not expose every website feature.
Capability | Public API support
Account selection | List non-archived accounts accessible to the credential and read an account's risk snapshot.
Market discovery | List execution markets, inspect a market's availability, and request a current quote with an optional size estimate.
Standard orders | Market, limit, chase, stop-market, stop-limit, take-market, take-limit, take-profit, and external conditional orders.
Limit instructions | IOC, FOK, and GTD; omit time in force for GTC.
− Entry protection | Attached TP/SL on market and non-reduce-only limit entries.
+ Entry protection | Attached TP/SL on market and non-reduce-only limit, stop-market, and stop-limit entries.
Order lifecycle | Read working orders and paginated history; modify supported working orders, cancel, and update attached exits.
Position lifecycle | Read open and closed positions; close fully or partially using market, limit, or external conditional orders.
Protective exits | Batch TP/SL placement, modification, cancellation, and OCO pairing, including price-capped exits.
Margin | Supply leverage and margin mode when placing orders; add or remove extra isolated margin by setting its target total.
Execution strategies | Create, inspect, and cancel TWAP, VWAP, and scaled ladders. Use the documented status filters when listing strategy parents.
Account-wide actions | Resumable cancel-all ordinary orders and close-all positions. Strategy parents require separate cancellation.
Reconciliation | Order IDs, caller-assigned IDs for ordinary and close orders, paginated fills, and partial-fill lineage.
Copy trading | List, save, and disable copy-trading groups whose members the credential can access, and acknowledge a completed copy stop.
Trading policy | Read an account's effective rules, trading limits, restrictions, payout and copy locks, and trading halts.
Account events | A WebSocket stream of order, fill, position, and balance changes across the key's accounts.
See Trading with the API for behavior and examples and the
REST reference for request and response fields.
PremierTradeify 247 · Payouts and Billing | Tradeify 247Added @tradeifycrypto.co as a valid official email domain and marked APE-X accounts as legacy.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
This guide covers how payouts work, available withdrawal methods, and billing information for Tradeify 247 accounts.
⚠️ Important: Payouts can only be requested from an active account. If your account breaches — the daily loss limit, the max drawdown, or 30 consecutive days without placing a trade — it is closed and any profit remaining in it is forfeited — a breached account is never eligible for a payout. Request payouts while your account is active and in good standing.
− ⚠️ Verification interviews can be real. For some payouts or accounts we may ask you to complete a short verification interview, sometimes by video call (e.g. Google Meet), to confirm your identity and trading setup. A genuine request comes from an official @tradeify.co or @tradeify247.co address. Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control software, or send money or crypto during such a call — those are signs of a scam. If you're unsure a request is genuine, do not act on the email: verify in your Tradeify dashboard or email .
Profit Split
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
Section: Payout Lock (First Payout)
− On Instant Funding and APE-X accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
After
This guide covers how payouts work, available withdrawal methods, and billing information for Tradeify 247 accounts.
⚠️ Important: Payouts can only be requested from an active account. If your account breaches — the daily loss limit, the max drawdown, or 30 consecutive days without placing a trade — it is closed and any profit remaining in it is forfeited — a breached account is never eligible for a payout. Request payouts while your account is active and in good standing.
+ ⚠️ Verification interviews can be real. For some payouts or accounts we may ask you to complete a short verification interview, sometimes by video call (e.g. Google Meet), to confirm your identity and trading setup. A genuine request comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co or @tradeifycrypto.co address. Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control software, or send money or crypto during such a call — those are signs of a scam. If you're unsure a request is genuine, do not act on the email: verify in your Tradeify dashboard or email .
Profit Split
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
Section: Payout Lock (First Payout)
+ On Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
This guide covers how payouts work, available withdrawal methods, and billing information for Tradeify 247 accounts.
⚠️ Important: Payouts can only be requested from an active account. If your account breaches — the daily loss limit, the max drawdown, or 30 consecutive days without placing a trade — it is closed and any profit remaining in it is forfeited — a breached account is never eligible for a payout. Request payouts while your account is active and in good standing.
− ⚠️ Verification interviews can be real. For some payouts or accounts we may ask you to complete a short verification interview, sometimes by video call (e.g. Google Meet), to confirm your identity and trading setup. A genuine request comes from an official @tradeify.co or @tradeify247.co address. Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control software, or send money or crypto during such a call — those are signs of a scam. If you're unsure a request is genuine, do not act on the email: verify in your Tradeify dashboard or email .
+ ⚠️ Verification interviews can be real. For some payouts or accounts we may ask you to complete a short verification interview, sometimes by video call (e.g. Google Meet), to confirm your identity and trading setup. A genuine request comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co or @tradeifycrypto.co address. Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control software, or send money or crypto during such a call — those are signs of a scam. If you're unsure a request is genuine, do not act on the email: verify in your Tradeify dashboard or email .
Profit Split
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
Section: Payout Lock (First Payout)
− On Instant Funding and APE-X accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
+ On Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
- Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
PremierTradeify 247 · DXTrade Platform Guide | Tradeify 247Warning about not downloading DXTrade app from app stores moved to top of article and slightly reworded.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
− Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Getting Your Credentials
After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify 247 Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
After
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
+ Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
Getting Your Credentials
After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify 247 Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
+ Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
− Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Getting Your Credentials
After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify 247 Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
PremierTradeify 247 · Instant Funding Guide | Tradeify 247Added warning section about Payout Lock with five critical points; changed "APE-X accounts" to "legacy APE-X accounts"; relocated critical points section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Section: How Drawdowns Work
− Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Trailing Max Loss (MLL) Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
Trailing Max Loss (MLL): $6,000
The MLL trails based on the highest balance reached. Once the MLL reaches the starting balance, it locks and no longer moves.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
− Critical points:
− - ANY payout triggers the lock — even a small $100 withdrawal
− - The lock is permanent and cannot be reset
− - There is no payout cap — $100 minimum, no maximum
− - Buffer strategy: Leave profit in the account as a cushion. If you only take $1K of $5K profit, you keep $4K as your safety buffer against the locked floor.
− - If you withdraw everything, your balance equals the floor and any loss will breach the account
− - A breach forfeits everything left in the account. If your account breaches, any profit still in it is lost and cannot be paid out — a closed account is never eligible for a payout. The buffer protects the account from breaching; it is not a guaranteed payout if you do breach.
Funded Consistency Score
To request a payout from an Instant Funding account, you need a 20% consistency score. This rule applies ONLY to Instant Funding accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations do NOT have this requirement.
Formula: Consistency Score = (Best Winning Day / Total Realized Profits) x 100. Must be 20% or below.
Key detail: The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Unrealized (open) P&L does not count until the trade is closed.
Pass Example
- Day 1: +$500 | Day 2: +$400 | Day 3: +$600 | Day 4: +$450 | Day 5: +$550
- Total realized profits: $2,500
- Best day: $600 (Day 3)
- Score: $600 / $2,500 = 24%... keep trading! After Day 6 (+$500): $600 / $3,000 = 20% — PASS
Fail Example (Keep Trading to Fix)
- Day 1: +$800 | Day 2: +$200 | Day 3: +$500 | Day 4: +$500 | Day 5: +$500
- Total realized profits: $2,500
After
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
+ ⚠️ Critical points about the Payout Lock:
+ - ANY payout triggers the lock — even a small $100 withdrawal
+ - The lock is permanent and cannot be reset
+ - There is no payout cap — $100 minimum, no maximum
+ - Buffer strategy: Leave profit in the account as a cushion. If you only take $1K of $5K profit, you keep $4K as your safety buffer against the locked floor.
+ - If you withdraw everything, your balance equals the floor and any loss will breach the account
+ - A breach forfeits everything left in the account. If your account breaches, any profit still in it is lost and cannot be paid out — a closed account is never eligible for a payout. The buffer protects the account from breaching; it is not a guaranteed payout if you do breach.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Section: How Drawdowns Work
+ Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on legacy APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Trailing Max Loss (MLL) Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
Trailing Max Loss (MLL): $6,000
The MLL trails based on the highest balance reached. Once the MLL reaches the starting balance, it locks and no longer moves.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
Funded Consistency Score
To request a payout from an Instant Funding account, you need a 20% consistency score. This rule applies ONLY to Instant Funding accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations do NOT have this requirement.
Formula: Consistency Score = (Best Winning Day / Total Realized Profits) x 100. Must be 20% or below.
Key detail: The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Unrealized (open) P&L does not count until the trade is closed.
Pass Example
- Day 1: +$500 | Day 2: +$400 | Day 3: +$600 | Day 4: +$450 | Day 5: +$550
- Total realized profits: $2,500
- Best day: $600 (Day 3)
- Score: $600 / $2,500 = 24%... keep trading! After Day 6 (+$500): $600 / $3,000 = 20% — PASS
Fail Example (Keep Trading to Fix)
- Day 1: +$800 | Day 2: +$200 | Day 3: +$500 | Day 4: +$500 | Day 5: +$500
- Total realized profits: $2,500
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
+ ⚠️ Critical points about the Payout Lock:
+ - ANY payout triggers the lock — even a small $100 withdrawal
+ - The lock is permanent and cannot be reset
+ - There is no payout cap — $100 minimum, no maximum
+ - Buffer strategy: Leave profit in the account as a cushion. If you only take $1K of $5K profit, you keep $4K as your safety buffer against the locked floor.
+ - If you withdraw everything, your balance equals the floor and any loss will breach the account
+ - A breach forfeits everything left in the account. If your account breaches, any profit still in it is lost and cannot be paid out — a closed account is never eligible for a payout. The buffer protects the account from breaching; it is not a guaranteed payout if you do breach.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Section: How Drawdowns Work
− Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on APE-X accounts).
+ Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on legacy APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Trailing Max Loss (MLL) Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
Trailing Max Loss (MLL): $6,000
The MLL trails based on the highest balance reached. Once the MLL reaches the starting balance, it locks and no longer moves.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
− Critical points:
− - ANY payout triggers the lock — even a small $100 withdrawal
− - The lock is permanent and cannot be reset
− - There is no payout cap — $100 minimum, no maximum
− - Buffer strategy: Leave profit in the account as a cushion. If you only take $1K of $5K profit, you keep $4K as your safety buffer against the locked floor.
− - If you withdraw everything, your balance equals the floor and any loss will breach the account
− - A breach forfeits everything left in the account. If your account breaches, any profit still in it is lost and cannot be paid out — a closed account is never eligible for a payout. The buffer protects the account from breaching; it is not a guaranteed payout if you do breach.
Funded Consistency Score
To request a payout from an Instant Funding account, you need a 20% consistency score. This rule applies ONLY to Instant Funding accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations do NOT have this requirement.
Formula: Consistency Score = (Best Winning Day / Total Realized Profits) x 100. Must be 20% or below.
Key detail: The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Unrealized (open) P&L does not count until the trade is closed.
Pass Example
- Day 1: +$500 | Day 2: +$400 | Day 3: +$600 | Day 4: +$450 | Day 5: +$550
- Total realized profits: $2,500
- Best day: $600 (Day 3)
- Score: $600 / $2,500 = 24%... keep trading! After Day 6 (+$500): $600 / $3,000 = 20% — PASS
Fail Example (Keep Trading to Fix)
- Day 1: +$800 | Day 2: +$200 | Day 3: +$500 | Day 4: +$500 | Day 5: +$500
- Total realized profits: $2,500
PremierTradeify 247 · Account Sizes and Pricing | Tradeify 247Added explicit one-time pricing for 2-Step, 1-Step, and Instant Funding evaluations; removed reference to 3-Step Promotional Plan allocation limit.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify 247 offers three account types: 2-Step Evaluation, 1-Step Evaluation, and Instant Funding. Each comes in four sizes ($10,000 to $100,000). All funded accounts share the same profit split (80%) - choose based on your capital requirements and preferred entry price.
2-Step Evaluation Pricing
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases (10% + 5% profit targets) with static drawdown. Funded accounts keep the static drawdown floor and have no payout lock.
Section: 2-Step Evaluation Pricing
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $100 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $200 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $350 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $580 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
1-Step Evaluation Pricing
Faster path to funding. Complete one phase (12% profit target) with static drawdown. Funded accounts have no payout lock and no minimum trading days — the static floor never moves after a payout.
Section: 1-Step Evaluation Pricing
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $120 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $231 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $431 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $838 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Instant Funding Pricing
Skip the evaluation. Start trading immediately with funded capital. End-of-Trade Balance trailing drawdown with payout lock.
Section: Instant Funding Pricing
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $200 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $340 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $580 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $1,000 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Note: Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on all pairs (reduced from 5:1).
All Account Features
Regardless of account type or size, all accounts include:
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- 100+ Cryptocurrency Pairs - Trade BTC, ETH, and dozens of altcoins
Section: All Account Features
− - 40 tokenized stocks -
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing from liquidity providers
- DXTrade or MT5 Platforms - Professional trading platform (web, desktop, mobile)
- On-Demand Payouts - Request payouts on demand when rules have been achieved
- $100 Minimum Payout - Low threshold for withdrawals
- Trading Bots Allowed - Use automated strategies (must be your own)
Payment Methods
Purchase accounts with:
- Credit/Debit Card - Visa, Mastercard
- Cryptocurrency - Pay with crypto for your crypto trading account
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any recurring fees?
A: No. All accounts are one-time purchases. Once you pass an evaluation, your funded account has no ongoing fees.
Q: What's the maximum allocation I can have?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: $300,000 in combined funded account size. There is no limit on evaluation accounts — the cap applies only once an account is funded. One exception: the 3-Step Promotional Plan is limited to one account per customer, regardless of the allocation cap.
Q: Do you offer discounts?
A: Yes, we regularly offer promotional discounts. Check our website for current offers.
Looking to customize your account? Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons at checkout — Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach, and Double Leverage. See our Account Add-ons guide for details.
After
Tradeify 247 offers three account types: 2-Step Evaluation, 1-Step Evaluation, and Instant Funding. Each comes in four sizes ($10,000 to $100,000). All funded accounts share the same profit split (80%) - choose based on your capital requirements and preferred entry price.
2-Step Evaluation Pricing
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases (10% + 5% profit targets) with static drawdown. Funded accounts keep the static drawdown floor and have no payout lock.
Section: 2-Step Evaluation Pricing
+ 2-Step Evaluation prices (one-time): $100 for a $10,000 account, $200 for $25,000, $350 for $50,000 and $580 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $100 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $200 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $350 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $580 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
1-Step Evaluation Pricing
Faster path to funding. Complete one phase (12% profit target) with static drawdown. Funded accounts have no payout lock and no minimum trading days — the static floor never moves after a payout.
Section: 1-Step Evaluation Pricing
+ 1-Step Evaluation prices (one-time): $120 for a $10,000 account, $231 for $25,000, $431 for $50,000 and $838 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $120 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $231 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $431 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $838 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Instant Funding Pricing
Skip the evaluation. Start trading immediately with funded capital. End-of-Trade Balance trailing drawdown with payout lock.
Section: Instant Funding Pricing
+ Instant Funding prices (one-time): $200 for a $10,000 account, $340 for $25,000, $580 for $50,000 and $1,000 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $200 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $340 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $580 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $1,000 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Note: Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on all pairs (reduced from 5:1).
All Account Features
Regardless of account type or size, all accounts include:
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- 100+ Cryptocurrency Pairs - Trade BTC, ETH, and dozens of altcoins
Section: All Account Features
+ - 40 Tokenized Stocks - Trade synthetic US stocks such as AAPL and NVDA at 2x leverage
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing from liquidity providers
- DXTrade or MT5 Platforms - Professional trading platform (web, desktop, mobile)
- On-Demand Payouts - Request payouts on demand when rules have been achieved
- $100 Minimum Payout - Low threshold for withdrawals
- Trading Bots Allowed - Use automated strategies (must be your own)
Payment Methods
Purchase accounts with:
- Credit/Debit Card - Visa, Mastercard
- Cryptocurrency - Pay with crypto for your crypto trading account
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any recurring fees?
A: No. All accounts are one-time purchases. Once you pass an evaluation, your funded account has no ongoing fees.
Q: What's the maximum allocation I can have?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: $300,000 in combined funded account size. There is no limit on evaluation accounts — the cap applies only once an account is funded.
Q: Do you offer discounts?
A: Yes, we regularly offer promotional discounts. Check our website for current offers.
Looking to customize your account? Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons at checkout — Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach, and Double Leverage. See our Account Add-ons guide for details.
Tradeify 247 offers three account types: 2-Step Evaluation, 1-Step Evaluation, and Instant Funding. Each comes in four sizes ($10,000 to $100,000). All funded accounts share the same profit split (80%) - choose based on your capital requirements and preferred entry price.
2-Step Evaluation Pricing
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases (10% + 5% profit targets) with static drawdown. Funded accounts keep the static drawdown floor and have no payout lock.
Section: 2-Step Evaluation Pricing
+ 2-Step Evaluation prices (one-time): $100 for a $10,000 account, $200 for $25,000, $350 for $50,000 and $580 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $100 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $200 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $350 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $580 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
1-Step Evaluation Pricing
Faster path to funding. Complete one phase (12% profit target) with static drawdown. Funded accounts have no payout lock and no minimum trading days — the static floor never moves after a payout.
Section: 1-Step Evaluation Pricing
+ 1-Step Evaluation prices (one-time): $120 for a $10,000 account, $231 for $25,000, $431 for $50,000 and $838 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $120 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $231 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $431 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $838 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Instant Funding Pricing
Skip the evaluation. Start trading immediately with funded capital. End-of-Trade Balance trailing drawdown with payout lock.
Section: Instant Funding Pricing
+ Instant Funding prices (one-time): $200 for a $10,000 account, $340 for $25,000, $580 for $50,000 and $1,000 for $100,000. Every size has a 3% daily drawdown and a 6% max loss.
Account Size | Regular Price | Daily DD | Max Loss
$10,000 | $200 | $300 (3%) | $600 (6%)
$25,000 | $340 | $750 (3%) | $1,500 (6%)
$50,000 | $580 | $1,500 (3%) | $3,000 (6%)
$100,000 | $1,000 | $3,000 (3%) | $6,000 (6%)
Note: Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on all pairs (reduced from 5:1).
All Account Features
Regardless of account type or size, all accounts include:
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- 100+ Cryptocurrency Pairs - Trade BTC, ETH, and dozens of altcoins
Section: All Account Features
− - 40 tokenized stocks -
+ - 40 Tokenized Stocks - Trade synthetic US stocks such as AAPL and NVDA at 2x leverage
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing from liquidity providers
- DXTrade or MT5 Platforms - Professional trading platform (web, desktop, mobile)
- On-Demand Payouts - Request payouts on demand when rules have been achieved
- $100 Minimum Payout - Low threshold for withdrawals
- Trading Bots Allowed - Use automated strategies (must be your own)
Payment Methods
Purchase accounts with:
- Credit/Debit Card - Visa, Mastercard
- Cryptocurrency - Pay with crypto for your crypto trading account
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Are there any recurring fees?
A: No. All accounts are one-time purchases. Once you pass an evaluation, your funded account has no ongoing fees.
Q: What's the maximum allocation I can have?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: $300,000 in combined funded account size. There is no limit on evaluation accounts — the cap applies only once an account is funded. One exception: the 3-Step Promotional Plan is limited to one account per customer, regardless of the allocation cap.
+ A: $300,000 in combined funded account size. There is no limit on evaluation accounts — the cap applies only once an account is funded.
Q: Do you offer discounts?
A: Yes, we regularly offer promotional discounts. Check our website for current offers.
Looking to customize your account? Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons at checkout — Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach, and Double Leverage. See our Account Add-ons guide for details.
PremierTradeify 247 · Glossary of Key Terms | Tradeify 247Added "legacy" descriptor to APE-X in High-Water Mark and Payout Lock Floor/Buffer definitions.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Tradeify 247 daily reset occurs at 22:00 UTC every day, including weekends. In Eastern Time this is 5:00 PM ET in winter (standard time) and 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving Time. UTC never shifts with seasons, so it is the unambiguous reference. "EST" (UTC-5) is a winter-only timezone and is off by one hour during Daylight Saving (mid-March through early November) — so quoting "5 PM EST" year-round causes breaches during DST. At 22:00 UTC the daily loss limit resets, the closing-balance snapshot is taken, and a new trading day begins. (Your max-drawdown high-water mark is separate — it updates per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.)
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
Section: Drawdown Terms
− - High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding, APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
- Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
- Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X (legacy) Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
- Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding: 2:1 on every symbol.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
Section: Trading Rules Terms
− - Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
After
The Tradeify 247 daily reset occurs at 22:00 UTC every day, including weekends. In Eastern Time this is 5:00 PM ET in winter (standard time) and 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving Time. UTC never shifts with seasons, so it is the unambiguous reference. "EST" (UTC-5) is a winter-only timezone and is off by one hour during Daylight Saving (mid-March through early November) — so quoting "5 PM EST" year-round causes breaches during DST. At 22:00 UTC the daily loss limit resets, the closing-balance snapshot is taken, and a new trading day begins. (Your max-drawdown high-water mark is separate — it updates per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.)
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
Section: Drawdown Terms
+ - High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding and legacy APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on legacy APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
- Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
- Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X (legacy) Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
- Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding: 2:1 on every symbol.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
Section: Trading Rules Terms
+ - Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X (legacy) account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
The Tradeify 247 daily reset occurs at 22:00 UTC every day, including weekends. In Eastern Time this is 5:00 PM ET in winter (standard time) and 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving Time. UTC never shifts with seasons, so it is the unambiguous reference. "EST" (UTC-5) is a winter-only timezone and is off by one hour during Daylight Saving (mid-March through early November) — so quoting "5 PM EST" year-round causes breaches during DST. At 22:00 UTC the daily loss limit resets, the closing-balance snapshot is taken, and a new trading day begins. (Your max-drawdown high-water mark is separate — it updates per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.)
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
Section: Drawdown Terms
− - High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding, APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
+ - High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding and legacy APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on legacy APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
- Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
- Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X (legacy) Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
- Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding: 2:1 on every symbol.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
Section: Trading Rules Terms
− - Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
+ - Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X (legacy) account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading GuidePhone window interaction changed: drag header to move within chart, tap handle to switch edges instead of dragging to move between edges.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
size are remembered in that browser.
− - On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. The window sits
− over the chart at the top or bottom edge; drag or tap its handle to move it
− to the other edge.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
between them, and Flat below.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
After
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
size are remembered in that browser.
+ - On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. Drag the window's
+ header to move it around within the chart. Its position is remembered in
+ that browser. Tap the handle to switch between the top and bottom edges.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
between them, and Flat below.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
follower's result.
To remove the button everywhere, turn off
Show Reverse Position in Trading
settings.
One-Click Trading
One-Click Trading places market orders from a small window on the trade page.
It is on by default in
Trading settings; turn it off there to
remove the window.
- On desktop, select One-Click in the bottom bar to show or hide the
window. Drag it anywhere on the trade page and resize it; its position and
size are remembered in that browser.
− - On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. The window sits
− over the chart at the top or bottom edge; drag or tap its handle to move it
− to the other edge.
+ - On a phone, tap the lightning button in the trade header. Drag the window's
+ header to move it around within the chart. Its position is remembered in
+ that browser. Tap the handle to switch between the top and bottom edges.
The window shows Sell at the bid and Buy at the ask, with the size
between them, and Flat below.
- Buy and Sell send a market order for the size shown as soon as you
tap. There is no review step, even if you confirm orders in the order ticket.
Orders use your saved leverage, margin mode, and Max Market Slippage.
- A saved Stop Loss and Take Profit attach only when the order opens a new
position. Adding to a position lets its existing exits resize with it, and an
opposite order reduces the position.
- Flat closes your whole position in that market and cancels the market's
open orders. You can hide it with Show Flat Button in Trading settings.
Use the size controls to change the amount, or edit it to choose a unit: USD,
the asset, or Minis and Micros on supported index and commodity markets. A size
PremierMyFundedPerps · CompetitionsAccount bans now include both full account bans and competition-specific bans as grounds for disqualification and prize forfeiture.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
On a competition that checks your residence country, the competition page
shows Complete Account Details instead of Join Competition until you
finish your account details. Completing them brings you back to the
competition page, where you can join.
Disqualification
Breaking a competition's rules can lead to disqualification. A disqualified entry leaves the leaderboard and can't win a prize.
When an entry is disqualified, its competition account is closed:
- Open orders are cancelled.
- Open positions are closed at the market price.
- Your other accounts are not affected.
If your competition account is still open after your entry ends, it can only reduce or close positions. New trades that open or add to a position are rejected with a message that your competition entry has ended.
If a disqualification is reversed, your entry returns to the leaderboard and your competition account reopens. Orders and positions closed at disqualification are not restored, so the account starts again with no open positions.
− If your MyFundedPerps account is banned, your active competition entries are
− disqualified and their competition accounts are closed. A winner whose account
− is banned when results are finalized does not receive a prize.
Provisional and final results
A competition's standings stay provisional for a short time after trading closes while closing scores settle. The page labels them Provisional Standings until results are final, then Final Standings. Prizes follow the final standings.
A prize shown as To be determined has not been announced yet. Its page updates when the prize is set, which happens before the competition ends.
For the rules, prizes, and daily case draws of the launch competition, see Launch competition. For account paths and the free reset in the October Competition, see October competition.
After
On a competition that checks your residence country, the competition page
shows Complete Account Details instead of Join Competition until you
finish your account details. Completing them brings you back to the
competition page, where you can join.
Disqualification
Breaking a competition's rules can lead to disqualification. A disqualified entry leaves the leaderboard and can't win a prize.
When an entry is disqualified, its competition account is closed:
- Open orders are cancelled.
- Open positions are closed at the market price.
- Your other accounts are not affected.
If your competition account is still open after your entry ends, it can only reduce or close positions. New trades that open or add to a position are rejected with a message that your competition entry has ended.
If a disqualification is reversed, your entry returns to the leaderboard and your competition account reopens. Orders and positions closed at disqualification are not restored, so the account starts again with no open positions.
+ If your MyFundedPerps account is banned, or banned from competitions, your
+ active competition entries are disqualified and their competition accounts are
+ closed. A winner whose account is banned, or banned from competitions, when
+ results are finalized does not receive a prize.
Provisional and final results
A competition's standings stay provisional for a short time after trading closes while closing scores settle. The page labels them Provisional Standings until results are final, then Final Standings. Prizes follow the final standings.
A prize shown as To be determined has not been announced yet. Its page updates when the prize is set, which happens before the competition ends.
For the rules, prizes, and daily case draws of the launch competition, see Launch competition. For account paths and the free reset in the October Competition, see October competition.
On a competition that checks your residence country, the competition page
shows Complete Account Details instead of Join Competition until you
finish your account details. Completing them brings you back to the
competition page, where you can join.
Disqualification
Breaking a competition's rules can lead to disqualification. A disqualified entry leaves the leaderboard and can't win a prize.
When an entry is disqualified, its competition account is closed:
- Open orders are cancelled.
- Open positions are closed at the market price.
- Your other accounts are not affected.
If your competition account is still open after your entry ends, it can only reduce or close positions. New trades that open or add to a position are rejected with a message that your competition entry has ended.
If a disqualification is reversed, your entry returns to the leaderboard and your competition account reopens. Orders and positions closed at disqualification are not restored, so the account starts again with no open positions.
− If your MyFundedPerps account is banned, your active competition entries are
− disqualified and their competition accounts are closed. A winner whose account
− is banned when results are finalized does not receive a prize.
+ If your MyFundedPerps account is banned, or banned from competitions, your
+ active competition entries are disqualified and their competition accounts are
+ closed. A winner whose account is banned, or banned from competitions, when
+ results are finalized does not receive a prize.
Provisional and final results
A competition's standings stay provisional for a short time after trading closes while closing scores settle. The page labels them Provisional Standings until results are final, then Final Standings. Prizes follow the final standings.
A prize shown as To be determined has not been announced yet. Its page updates when the prize is set, which happens before the competition ends.
For the rules, prizes, and daily case draws of the launch competition, see Launch competition. For account paths and the free reset in the October Competition, see October competition.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Billing and RewardsInstagram option added to Share to Claim task interface, and new section added describing My Runs display and status indicators.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
from those accounts do.
− For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram in the payout certificate
− dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
keep your account public until review. Submit the story link and a screenshot
within seven days of the payout. Instagram does not require a linked X account.
Each payout can earn one reward through either X or Instagram. A pending or
approved claim locks that payout to its chosen platform; after rejection, you
can switch platforms while the claim window is open.
Payout rewards use the net amount you received after the profit split:
Net payout | X case | Instagram story case
Up to \$250 | Bronze | Silver
\$250.01 to \$500 | Silver | Gold
\$500.01 to \$1,000 | Gold | Diamond
\$1,000.01 to \$2,500 | Diamond | Obsidian
\$2,500.01 to \$9,998.99 | Obsidian | Eclipse
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
Pictionary
A Pictionary drop shows a live drawing made by a MyFundedPerps team member,
with a short prompt about what is being drawn. Everyone who opened the drop
watches the same drawing as it happens. Until the drawing starts, the page
shows that it is waiting for the artist.
Type your guess under the drawing and select Guess. Guesses can be up to
60 characters (some symbols, including emoji, count as two characters).
Most Pictionary drops let you keep guessing until the drop ends. Some drops
give each player a set number of guesses; the page then shows how many you
have left, and every wrong, very close, or correct guess uses one. When you
run out, the guess box locks for the rest of the drop. Guesses are limited to
one per second, with a burst of up to three after a pause. Each guess is checked with the same matching rules as
After
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
from those accounts do.
+ For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram, either from the payout's
+ task in Share to Claim or in the payout certificate dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
keep your account public until review. Submit the story link and a screenshot
within seven days of the payout. Instagram does not require a linked X account.
Each payout can earn one reward through either X or Instagram. A pending or
approved claim locks that payout to its chosen platform; after rejection, you
can switch platforms while the claim window is open.
Payout rewards use the net amount you received after the profit split:
Net payout | X case | Instagram story case
Up to \$250 | Bronze | Silver
\$250.01 to \$500 | Silver | Gold
\$500.01 to \$1,000 | Gold | Diamond
\$1,000.01 to \$2,500 | Diamond | Obsidian
\$2,500.01 to \$9,998.99 | Obsidian | Eclipse
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
+ Select My Runs at the top of the page to see every run you have started in
+ that drop, newest first. Each finished run shows its market, PnL, number of
+ trades, and the date and time of the chart you traded, and your best run is
+ marked Best. A run that is still playing shows In Progress, a run that
+ never finished shows Not Finished, and a run whose chart could not load
+ shows Chart Unavailable. Older runs load when you select Load More.
Pictionary
A Pictionary drop shows a live drawing made by a MyFundedPerps team member,
with a short prompt about what is being drawn. Everyone who opened the drop
watches the same drawing as it happens. Until the drawing starts, the page
shows that it is waiting for the artist.
Type your guess under the drawing and select Guess. Guesses can be up to
60 characters (some symbols, including emoji, count as two characters).
Most Pictionary drops let you keep guessing until the drop ends. Some drops
give each player a set number of guesses; the page then shows how many you
have left, and every wrong, very close, or correct guess uses one. When you
run out, the guess box locks for the rest of the drop. Guesses are limited to
one per second, with a burst of up to three after a pause. Each guess is checked with the same matching rules as
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
from those accounts do.
− For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram in the payout certificate
− dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
+ For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram, either from the payout's
+ task in Share to Claim or in the payout certificate dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
keep your account public until review. Submit the story link and a screenshot
within seven days of the payout. Instagram does not require a linked X account.
Each payout can earn one reward through either X or Instagram. A pending or
approved claim locks that payout to its chosen platform; after rejection, you
can switch platforms while the claim window is open.
Payout rewards use the net amount you received after the profit split:
Net payout | X case | Instagram story case
Up to \$250 | Bronze | Silver
\$250.01 to \$500 | Silver | Gold
\$500.01 to \$1,000 | Gold | Diamond
\$1,000.01 to \$2,500 | Diamond | Obsidian
\$2,500.01 to \$9,998.99 | Obsidian | Eclipse
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
+ Select My Runs at the top of the page to see every run you have started in
+ that drop, newest first. Each finished run shows its market, PnL, number of
+ trades, and the date and time of the chart you traded, and your best run is
+ marked Best. A run that is still playing shows In Progress, a run that
+ never finished shows Not Finished, and a run whose chart could not load
+ shows Chart Unavailable. Older runs load when you select Load More.
Pictionary
A Pictionary drop shows a live drawing made by a MyFundedPerps team member,
with a short prompt about what is being drawn. Everyone who opened the drop
watches the same drawing as it happens. Until the drawing starts, the page
shows that it is waiting for the artist.
Type your guess under the drawing and select Guess. Guesses can be up to
60 characters (some symbols, including emoji, count as two characters).
Most Pictionary drops let you keep guessing until the drop ends. Some drops
give each player a set number of guesses; the page then shows how many you
have left, and every wrong, very close, or correct guess uses one. When you
run out, the guess box locks for the rest of the drop. Guesses are limited to
one per second, with a burst of up to three after a pause. Each guess is checked with the same matching rules as
PremierMyFundedPerps · Affiliate ProgramValues changed: 30% to 25%, 25% to 20%, 30% to 25%.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
− - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 30% off an eligible first
− purchase and 25% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
of the artwork and do not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code
matches both advertised rates. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
− and a 30% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes, and
Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
After
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
+ - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 25% off an eligible first
+ purchase and 20% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
of the artwork and do not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code
matches both advertised rates. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
+ and a 25% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes, and
Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
Silver | \$250 | Diamond Case
Gold | \$1,000 | Obsidian Case
Diamond | \$2,500 | Eclipse Case
Obsidian | \$5,000 | Eclipse Case + 10K Elite No DLL account
Goat | \$10,000 | Matt's Golden Ticket
The Obsidian reward is two codes, one for the case and one for the account,
so you can keep one and give the other away. If you reached a tier before
rewards became codes, you also receive that tier's codes.
Promo graphics
Open the Graphics tab on the Affiliates page to download ready-made
promo graphics. Each one is filled in with your affiliate code, your display
name, and your profile picture.
− - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 30% off an eligible first
− purchase and 25% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
+ - First-purchase offer. Every graphic states 25% off an eligible first
+ purchase and 20% off later purchases with your code. These rates are part
of the artwork and do not update automatically. Your Code's Discount
shows the standard discount. Share the graphics only while your code
matches both advertised rates. Previously downloaded graphics may show
an older offer; download fresh copies before sharing.
- Elite details. The MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
Meet Elite, and How Much Can You Open graphics show account prices,
rules, and leverage figures as designed. These do not update automatically.
- Name and picture. Edit the name, upload a different picture, and zoom or
drag to frame it. These edits only affect your graphics; they do not change
your profile.
- Code. Your code fills in automatically. To use a different code,
request a change as described in Your affiliate code and link.
- Formats. Graphics are grouped into two sections. Standard holds
post and banner sizes: Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, Every
Asset, The Market Never Closes, MyFundedPerps Elite, Start Your Evaluation,
− and a 30% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
+ and a 25% Off Banner. Story holds vertical 1080 × 1920 versions of
Partnership Announcement, Trade Everything, The Market Never Closes, and
Start Your Evaluation, plus Meet Elite and How Much Can You Open.
- Downloads. Download each graphic as a PNG.
The Your Code's Discount card shows the discount your code gives buyers
right now and, when the discount has a limited number of uses, how many are
left. If a graphic is temporarily turned off, it stays listed with the
reason and cannot be downloaded until it is available again.
Graphics you already received from the team stay available to download in
the same tab.
Giveaway codes
The Giveaways tab on the Affiliates page holds codes to share with your
audience: your reward tier codes and any giveaway codes the
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading GuideAdded section on comparing account P&L in activity panel; changed example timeframes from "2 hours, 6 hours" to "2 hours, 3 hours, 6 hours".Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/trading-guide
Understand simulated order execution, sizing, margin, leverage, Take Profit and Stop Loss, and the safeguards around each trade.
MyFundedPerps uses real market data and venue order books to simulate
orders and fills. The server validates account rules, available collateral,
market constraints, and execution protection before applying a fill to your
simulated account.
Forex and index markets
Gold (XAU) trades on Binance, and the S\&P 500 (SP500) and Nasdaq-100 (NAS100)
on Hyperliquid, around the clock. Where offered, SP500 and NAS100 can also
trade on Ostium with standard market hours; see
Markets with two trading-hour options.
The following markets price from oracle
venues that quote a bid and an ask, so their order book shows a single level on
each side:
Markets | Venue
EUR/USD, USD/JPY, GBP/USD, AUD/USD, USD/CAD, and USD/CHF | Veranta
Dow Jones 30 (US30) | Ostium
US30 prices are index points. One unit of size is worth \$1 per
separate markets.
Open Configure Watchlist from the bottom-bar Watchlist to remove markets or
drag them into your preferred order. Your watchlist is saved to your profile
and follows you across trading accounts.
On the trading terminal, use the source menu on the scrolling market ticker to
show Trending markets, the standard Tickers list, Top Volume, or your Watchlist.
Watchlist markets appear in your saved order, including markets from different
venues. The ticker source you choose is remembered in this browser. When your
watchlist is empty, the ticker prompts you to add markets.
Chart preferences and templates
The chart's timeframe menu offers minute timeframes from 1 to 45 minutes, hour
timeframes from 1 to 12 hours, and daily and weekly candles. The exact list
− depends on the market. Timeframes such as 45 minutes, 2 hours, and 6 hours are
combined from shorter candles, so they start at midnight UTC and reach as far
back in history as the shorter candles they combine. Star a timeframe in the
menu to add it to the chart header. The chart opens on the timeframe you used
last.
The candle countdown follows server time while the price connection is
available, so an incorrect device clock does not add extra time to the current
candle. Quiet Hyperliquid markets can wait for the next trade before showing
a new candle.
Charts automatically reload their history when the live candle feed resumes
after an interruption that may have skipped candles. Returning to the page,
tapping the chart, or a quiet market does not trigger a reload by itself.
Live candles keep updating until the reload starts and pause only while it
After
Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/trading-guide
Understand simulated order execution, sizing, margin, leverage, Take Profit and Stop Loss, and the safeguards around each trade.
MyFundedPerps uses real market data and venue order books to simulate
orders and fills. The server validates account rules, available collateral,
market constraints, and execution protection before applying a fill to your
simulated account.
+ Compare account P\&L
+ Open Accounts in the trade page's activity panel to compare accounts
+ without switching dashboards. Today's P\&L shows each account's equity
+ change since midnight New York time, including unrealized gains and losses.
+ It updates as balances and position prices change and appears on both desktop
+ rows and mobile account cards. You can sort the desktop column or hide it
+ through Columns.
+ A dash means today's baseline is unavailable. Accounts with no open positions
+ and no activity since the daily reset show zero.
Forex and index markets
Gold (XAU) trades on Binance, and the S\&P 500 (SP500) and Nasdaq-100 (NAS100)
on Hyperliquid, around the clock. Where offered, SP500 and NAS100 can also
trade on Ostium with standard market hours; see
Markets with two trading-hour options.
The following markets price from oracle
venues that quote a bid and an ask, so their order book shows a single level on
each side:
Markets | Venue
EUR/USD, USD/JPY, GBP/USD, AUD/USD, USD/CAD, and USD/CHF | Veranta
Dow Jones 30 (US30) | Ostium
US30 prices are index points. One unit of size is worth \$1 per
separate markets.
Open Configure Watchlist from the bottom-bar Watchlist to remove markets or
drag them into your preferred order. Your watchlist is saved to your profile
and follows you across trading accounts.
On the trading terminal, use the source menu on the scrolling market ticker to
show Trending markets, the standard Tickers list, Top Volume, or your Watchlist.
Watchlist markets appear in your saved order, including markets from different
venues. The ticker source you choose is remembered in this browser. When your
watchlist is empty, the ticker prompts you to add markets.
Chart preferences and templates
The chart's timeframe menu offers minute timeframes from 1 to 45 minutes, hour
timeframes from 1 to 12 hours, and daily and weekly candles. The exact list
+ depends on the market. Timeframes such as 45 minutes, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 6 hours are
combined from shorter candles, so they start at midnight UTC and reach as far
back in history as the shorter candles they combine. Star a timeframe in the
menu to add it to the chart header. The chart opens on the timeframe you used
last.
The candle countdown follows server time while the price connection is
available, so an incorrect device clock does not add extra time to the current
candle. Quiet Hyperliquid markets can wait for the next trade before showing
a new candle.
Charts automatically reload their history when the live candle feed resumes
after an interruption that may have skipped candles. Returning to the page,
tapping the chart, or a quiet market does not trigger a reload by itself.
Live candles keep updating until the reload starts and pause only while it
Trading Guide
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/trading-guide
Understand simulated order execution, sizing, margin, leverage, Take Profit and Stop Loss, and the safeguards around each trade.
MyFundedPerps uses real market data and venue order books to simulate
orders and fills. The server validates account rules, available collateral,
market constraints, and execution protection before applying a fill to your
simulated account.
+ Compare account P\&L
+ Open Accounts in the trade page's activity panel to compare accounts
+ without switching dashboards. Today's P\&L shows each account's equity
+ change since midnight New York time, including unrealized gains and losses.
+ It updates as balances and position prices change and appears on both desktop
+ rows and mobile account cards. You can sort the desktop column or hide it
+ through Columns.
+ A dash means today's baseline is unavailable. Accounts with no open positions
+ and no activity since the daily reset show zero.
Forex and index markets
Gold (XAU) trades on Binance, and the S\&P 500 (SP500) and Nasdaq-100 (NAS100)
on Hyperliquid, around the clock. Where offered, SP500 and NAS100 can also
trade on Ostium with standard market hours; see
Markets with two trading-hour options.
The following markets price from oracle
venues that quote a bid and an ask, so their order book shows a single level on
each side:
Markets | Venue
EUR/USD, USD/JPY, GBP/USD, AUD/USD, USD/CAD, and USD/CHF | Veranta
Dow Jones 30 (US30) | Ostium
US30 prices are index points. One unit of size is worth \$1 per
separate markets.
Open Configure Watchlist from the bottom-bar Watchlist to remove markets or
drag them into your preferred order. Your watchlist is saved to your profile
and follows you across trading accounts.
On the trading terminal, use the source menu on the scrolling market ticker to
show Trending markets, the standard Tickers list, Top Volume, or your Watchlist.
Watchlist markets appear in your saved order, including markets from different
venues. The ticker source you choose is remembered in this browser. When your
watchlist is empty, the ticker prompts you to add markets.
Chart preferences and templates
The chart's timeframe menu offers minute timeframes from 1 to 45 minutes, hour
timeframes from 1 to 12 hours, and daily and weekly candles. The exact list
− depends on the market. Timeframes such as 45 minutes, 2 hours, and 6 hours are
+ depends on the market. Timeframes such as 45 minutes, 2 hours, 3 hours, and 6 hours are
combined from shorter candles, so they start at midnight UTC and reach as far
back in history as the shorter candles they combine. Star a timeframe in the
menu to add it to the chart header. The chart opens on the timeframe you used
last.
The candle countdown follows server time while the price connection is
available, so an incorrect device clock does not add extra time to the current
candle. Quiet Hyperliquid markets can wait for the next trade before showing
a new candle.
Charts automatically reload their history when the live candle feed resumes
after an interruption that may have skipped candles. Returning to the page,
tapping the chart, or a quiet market does not trigger a reload by itself.
Live candles keep updating until the reload starts and pause only while it
PremierMyFundedPerps · PayoutsArticle now states every request requires review and approval, and clarifies that request availability doesn't guarantee immediate payment.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
Submitted requests cannot be cancelled. If a request is rejected, that day's
allowance is restored, so you can submit a new request right away once all
− eligibility gates are clear. Review and delivery can take longer than the
− request window.
Minimum and profit split
On Select, Prime, and Signature, the minimum is **\$100 of gross profit before
the split**. This pays \$80 with an 80/20 split or \$90 with a 90/10 split. The request form accepts your net share
and shows the gross account deduction before you confirm.
\$1K and \$2.5K Select prize accounts use their own terms: a 90/10 profit split
and a minimum request of \$30 on \$1K or \$50 on \$2.5K. Payout Terms on
the account shows the split and minimum that apply.
Elite accounts use an 80/20 split, or 90/10 with the upgrade, and a minimum of
1% of the account size before the split: \$50 on \$5K, \$100 on \$10K,
\$250 on \$25K, and \$500 on \$50K (\$40, \$80, \$200, and \$400 to you
on 80/20, or \$45, \$90, \$225, and \$450 on 90/10). A \$1K Elite prize
account has a \$30 minimum before the split (\$24 to you). See
After
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
Submitted requests cannot be cancelled. If a request is rejected, that day's
allowance is restored, so you can submit a new request right away once all
+ eligibility gates are clear. Every request is subject to review and approval.
+ Daily or on-demand request availability does not guarantee immediate payment;
+ review and delivery can take longer than the request window.
Minimum and profit split
On Select, Prime, and Signature, the minimum is **\$100 of gross profit before
the split**. This pays \$80 with an 80/20 split or \$90 with a 90/10 split. The request form accepts your net share
and shows the gross account deduction before you confirm.
\$1K and \$2.5K Select prize accounts use their own terms: a 90/10 profit split
and a minimum request of \$30 on \$1K or \$50 on \$2.5K. Payout Terms on
the account shows the split and minimum that apply.
Elite accounts use an 80/20 split, or 90/10 with the upgrade, and a minimum of
1% of the account size before the split: \$50 on \$5K, \$100 on \$10K,
\$250 on \$25K, and \$500 on \$50K (\$40, \$80, \$200, and \$400 to you
on 80/20, or \$45, \$90, \$225, and \$450 on 90/10). A \$1K Elite prize
account has a \$30 minimum before the split (\$24 to you). See
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
Submitted requests cannot be cancelled. If a request is rejected, that day's
allowance is restored, so you can submit a new request right away once all
− eligibility gates are clear. Review and delivery can take longer than the
− request window.
+ eligibility gates are clear. Every request is subject to review and approval.
+ Daily or on-demand request availability does not guarantee immediate payment;
+ review and delivery can take longer than the request window.
Minimum and profit split
On Select, Prime, and Signature, the minimum is **\$100 of gross profit before
the split**. This pays \$80 with an 80/20 split or \$90 with a 90/10 split. The request form accepts your net share
and shows the gross account deduction before you confirm.
\$1K and \$2.5K Select prize accounts use their own terms: a 90/10 profit split
and a minimum request of \$30 on \$1K or \$50 on \$2.5K. Payout Terms on
the account shows the split and minimum that apply.
Elite accounts use an 80/20 split, or 90/10 with the upgrade, and a minimum of
1% of the account size before the split: \$50 on \$5K, \$100 on \$10K,
\$250 on \$25K, and \$500 on \$50K (\$40, \$80, \$200, and \$400 to you
on 80/20, or \$45, \$90, \$225, and \$450 on 90/10). A \$1K Elite prize
account has a \$30 minimum before the split (\$24 to you). See
PremierTradeify 247 · Monthly Competition | Tradeify 247BTC/ETH/PAXG leverage categories expanded to include SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL; altcoins category expanded to include indices and tokenized stocks.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Any attempt to use multiple accounts or emails will result in permanent disqualification and account suspension. All winning accounts will undergo a compliance review after the competition ends to ensure fair trading conditions were followed.
How to Enter
Entry is completely free — no purchase required.
- Go to app.tradeify247.co/competitions
- Click on the current competition to view details
- Sign up to receive your free $200K competition account
- Start trading when the competition begins
Each participant is limited to one account only. New competitions are posted each month.
Competition Rules
1. No Expert Advisors (EAs)
Automated trading systems (EAs, bots, scripts) are strictly prohibited during the competition.
2. Trading Conditions (Leverage)
Section: Competition Rules
− - BTC/ETH/PAXG: up to 5x leverage
− - Altcoins: up to 2x leverage
3. Maximum Daily Drawdown: 5%
Daily drawdown limits are adjusted daily at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) and are calculated based on the previous day's balance.
4. Maximum Total Drawdown: 10% (Static)
Max drawdown is calculated from the starting balance and does not trail upward as the account grows. For the $200K competition account, this means your account cannot fall below $180,000.
5. Consistency Rule: 35%
No single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profits.
6. No Exploiting Unrealistic Fills
Any attempt to exploit demo pricing inefficiencies will result in disqualification.
7. Weekend and News Trading
Holding positions over weekends and trading during news events is allowed.
8. Entry Rules
Free entry — one account per participant only.
After
Any attempt to use multiple accounts or emails will result in permanent disqualification and account suspension. All winning accounts will undergo a compliance review after the competition ends to ensure fair trading conditions were followed.
How to Enter
Entry is completely free — no purchase required.
- Go to app.tradeify247.co/competitions
- Click on the current competition to view details
- Sign up to receive your free $200K competition account
- Start trading when the competition begins
Each participant is limited to one account only. New competitions are posted each month.
Competition Rules
1. No Expert Advisors (EAs)
Automated trading systems (EAs, bots, scripts) are strictly prohibited during the competition.
2. Trading Conditions (Leverage)
Section: Competition Rules
+ - BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL): up to 5x leverage
+ - Altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks: up to 2x leverage
3. Maximum Daily Drawdown: 5%
Daily drawdown limits are adjusted daily at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) and are calculated based on the previous day's balance.
4. Maximum Total Drawdown: 10% (Static)
Max drawdown is calculated from the starting balance and does not trail upward as the account grows. For the $200K competition account, this means your account cannot fall below $180,000.
5. Consistency Rule: 35%
No single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profits.
6. No Exploiting Unrealistic Fills
Any attempt to exploit demo pricing inefficiencies will result in disqualification.
7. Weekend and News Trading
Holding positions over weekends and trading during news events is allowed.
8. Entry Rules
Free entry — one account per participant only.
Any attempt to use multiple accounts or emails will result in permanent disqualification and account suspension. All winning accounts will undergo a compliance review after the competition ends to ensure fair trading conditions were followed.
How to Enter
Entry is completely free — no purchase required.
- Go to app.tradeify247.co/competitions
- Click on the current competition to view details
- Sign up to receive your free $200K competition account
- Start trading when the competition begins
Each participant is limited to one account only. New competitions are posted each month.
Competition Rules
1. No Expert Advisors (EAs)
Automated trading systems (EAs, bots, scripts) are strictly prohibited during the competition.
2. Trading Conditions (Leverage)
Section: Competition Rules
− - BTC/ETH/PAXG: up to 5x leverage
− - Altcoins: up to 2x leverage
+ - BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL): up to 5x leverage
+ - Altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks: up to 2x leverage
3. Maximum Daily Drawdown: 5%
Daily drawdown limits are adjusted daily at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) and are calculated based on the previous day's balance.
4. Maximum Total Drawdown: 10% (Static)
Max drawdown is calculated from the starting balance and does not trail upward as the account grows. For the $200K competition account, this means your account cannot fall below $180,000.
5. Consistency Rule: 35%
No single trading day may account for more than 35% of your total profits.
6. No Exploiting Unrealistic Fills
Any attempt to exploit demo pricing inefficiencies will result in disqualification.
7. Weekend and News Trading
Holding positions over weekends and trading during news events is allowed.
8. Entry Rules
Free entry — one account per participant only.
PremierTradeify 247 · Restricted Countries | Tradeify 247The number of restricted countries decreased from 29 to 28, with the list now displayed inline and in a table.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify 247 is available to traders in most countries worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and international sanctions, residents of certain countries are unable to access our services.
Restricted Countries
Section: Restricted Countries
− Individuals or entities residing in the following 29 countries are prohibited from purchasing or using Tradeify 247 accounts:
Afghanistan | Belarus | Burma (Myanmar)
Cambodia | Central African Republic | Crimea
Cuba | Democratic Republic of Congo | Eritrea
Ethiopia | Haiti | Iran
Iraq | Lebanon | Libya
Morocco | Nicaragua | North Korea
Russia | Somalia | South Sudan
Sudan | Syria | Taiwan
Venezuela | Vietnam | Yemen
Zimbabwe | |
Restrictions are based on your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your citizenship or current physical location.
Why Are Some Countries Restricted?
After
Tradeify 247 is available to traders in most countries worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and international sanctions, residents of certain countries are unable to access our services.
Restricted Countries
Section: Restricted Countries
+ Individuals or entities residing in the following 28 countries are prohibited from purchasing or using Tradeify 247 accounts: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe. The same list is shown in the table below.
Afghanistan | Belarus | Burma (Myanmar)
Cambodia | Central African Republic | Crimea
Cuba | Democratic Republic of Congo | Eritrea
Ethiopia | Haiti | Iran
Iraq | Lebanon | Libya
Morocco | Nicaragua | North Korea
Russia | Somalia | South Sudan
Sudan | Syria | Taiwan
Venezuela | Vietnam | Yemen
Zimbabwe | |
Restrictions are based on your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your citizenship or current physical location.
Why Are Some Countries Restricted?
Tradeify 247 is available to traders in most countries worldwide. However, due to regulatory requirements and international sanctions, residents of certain countries are unable to access our services.
Restricted Countries
Section: Restricted Countries
− Individuals or entities residing in the following 29 countries are prohibited from purchasing or using Tradeify 247 accounts:
+ Individuals or entities residing in the following 28 countries are prohibited from purchasing or using Tradeify 247 accounts: Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe. The same list is shown in the table below.
Afghanistan | Belarus | Burma (Myanmar)
Cambodia | Central African Republic | Crimea
Cuba | Democratic Republic of Congo | Eritrea
Ethiopia | Haiti | Iran
Iraq | Lebanon | Libya
Morocco | Nicaragua | North Korea
Russia | Somalia | South Sudan
Sudan | Syria | Taiwan
Venezuela | Vietnam | Yemen
Zimbabwe | |
Restrictions are based on your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your citizenship or current physical location.
Why Are Some Countries Restricted?
PremierTradeify 247 · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify 247Identity verification timing requirements now differentiate between Tradeify Futures and Tradeify 247 accounts, with additional country-specific requirements.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
After
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
PremierTradeify 247 · Payouts and Billing | Tradeify 247Direct deposit processing time changed from 1-2 business days to within 24 hours; cryptocurrency processing time also changed to within 24 hours with guarantee; FAQ payout timeframe updated accordingly.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Section: Payout Requirements
− Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
Section: Rise
− - Processing time: 1-2 business days
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
− - Processing time: 1-2 business days
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
Section: How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
− - $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 24/7-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
⚠ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
Section: ⚠ Important disclaimer
− The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 24/7's control.
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
- It does not replace dashboard KYC or Rise verification — it is an occasional additional step
How to spot a fake interview request: Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control or screen-control software, share your passwords or 2FA codes, or send money or cryptocurrency during a verification call. Any request to do those things is a scam, even if the caller claims to be from Tradeify.
If you're unsure whether a request is genuine, do not join the call or act on the email. Verify it first from your Tradeify dashboard or by emailing . A real verification interview can always be confirmed through support.
Payment Methods (Purchases)
You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using the following methods:
Credit/Debit Card
Section: Credit/Debit Card
− - Visa, Mastercard, accepted
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
- The name on the card must match the name on your Tradeify 247 account - a card in someone else's name cannot be used, even with the cardholder's permission
PayPal
- Available in supported countries
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
Cryptocurrency
- Multiple cryptocurrencies accepted
- Processing time depends on network confirmations
- Credentials sent after payment confirmation
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How long does it take to receive my payout?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Payouts are typically processed within 1-2 business days, regardless of method (Rise or cryptocurrency).
Q: Is there a maximum payout amount? Is there a payout cap or limit?
A: From an active account, you can withdraw all available profits (80% of your total gains). There is no maximum per payout request. Note: this applies only while your account is active — a breached or closed account cannot be paid out.
Q: What happens to my profits if my account is breached? Can I withdraw from a failed account?
A: No. A breached account is closed and is not eligible for any payout. Any profit remaining in the account at the time of the breach is forfeited and cannot be withdrawn. To receive your profits, request a payout while your account is active and meets the payout requirements — a breach permanently ends payout eligibility for that account. This applies to every kind of breach, including an account closed for 30 consecutive days of inactivity. Payouts you have already received are not affected.
Q: Can I change my payout method?
A: Yes, you can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal request.
Q: Why was my payout request denied?
A: Common reasons include: incomplete KYC, not meeting minimum profitable days (2-Step Funded only), consistency score below 20% (Instant Funding only), or requesting below the $100 minimum, or a previous payout request on the account is still pending.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed - guaranteed within 24hours, or you'll get $1,000 bonus - then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Want to keep more of your profits? The Profit Split 95% add-on raises your funded-account split from 80% to 95% for the life of the account. See our Account Add-ons guide.
After
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Section: Payout Requirements
+ Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
Section: Rise
+ - Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
+ - Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
Section: How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
+ - $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 247-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
⚠ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
Section: ⚠ Important disclaimer
+ The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 247's control.
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
- It does not replace dashboard KYC or Rise verification — it is an occasional additional step
How to spot a fake interview request: Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control or screen-control software, share your passwords or 2FA codes, or send money or cryptocurrency during a verification call. Any request to do those things is a scam, even if the caller claims to be from Tradeify.
If you're unsure whether a request is genuine, do not join the call or act on the email. Verify it first from your Tradeify dashboard or by emailing . A real verification interview can always be confirmed through support.
Payment Methods (Purchases)
You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using the following methods:
Credit/Debit Card
Section: Credit/Debit Card
+ - Visa and Mastercard accepted
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
- The name on the card must match the name on your Tradeify 247 account - a card in someone else's name cannot be used, even with the cardholder's permission
PayPal
- Available in supported countries
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
Cryptocurrency
- Multiple cryptocurrencies accepted
- Processing time depends on network confirmations
- Credentials sent after payment confirmation
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How long does it take to receive my payout?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Eligible payouts are processed within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee, regardless of method (Rise or cryptocurrency). Your bank or wallet may take longer to show the funds.
Q: Is there a maximum payout amount? Is there a payout cap or limit?
A: From an active account, you can withdraw all available profits (80% of your total gains). There is no maximum per payout request. Note: this applies only while your account is active — a breached or closed account cannot be paid out.
Q: What happens to my profits if my account is breached? Can I withdraw from a failed account?
A: No. A breached account is closed and is not eligible for any payout. Any profit remaining in the account at the time of the breach is forfeited and cannot be withdrawn. To receive your profits, request a payout while your account is active and meets the payout requirements — a breach permanently ends payout eligibility for that account. This applies to every kind of breach, including an account closed for 30 consecutive days of inactivity. Payouts you have already received are not affected.
Q: Can I change my payout method?
A: Yes, you can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal request.
Q: Why was my payout request denied?
A: Common reasons include: incomplete KYC, not meeting minimum profitable days (2-Step Funded only), consistency score below 20% (Instant Funding only), or requesting below the $100 minimum, or a previous payout request on the account is still pending.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed - guaranteed within 24hours, or you'll get $1,000 bonus - then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Want to keep more of your profits? The Profit Split 95% add-on raises your funded-account split from 80% to 95% for the life of the account. See our Account Add-ons guide.
All Tradeify 247 accounts share an 80/20 profit split:
- 80% goes to you (the trader)
- 20% retained by Tradeify
Example: If you have $1,000 in profits, you can withdraw $800.
Payout Requirements
Requirement | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Minimum Payout | $100 | $100
Payout Frequency | On Demand | On Demand
Min Profitable Days (0.5%+) | 2-Step Funded: 3 days · 1-Step Funded: None | None fixed (20% consistency → 5 in practice)
Consistency Score | Not required | 20% required
KYC Verification | Required (before funded account) | Required (at purchase)
Open Positions | Must be flat (no open trades) | Must be flat (no open trades)
Section: Payout Requirements
− Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
+ Min Profitable Days applies to 2-Step Funded accounts only: you need 3 profitable days before your first payout. A profitable day is any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC, which is 5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving). 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days — request a payout on any eligible day once you meet the other requirements. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
Payout Lock (First Payout)
On Instant Funding and APE-X accounts, your first payout permanently locks your max drawdown floor at your starting balance. After the lock, your balance can never drop below your original account size or the account is closed. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it. Where the lock does apply, it is permanent, cannot be reset, and does not cap how much you can withdraw. Build a profit buffer before your first payout so you have room to keep trading afterward. See Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Payout Methods
Rise
Rise is our primary payout provider, offering fast and reliable transfers to your bank account.
- Available in most countries
- Direct deposit to bank account
Section: Rise
− - Processing time: 1-2 business days
+ - Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
Cryptocurrency
Receive your payouts directly in cryptocurrency through Rise or Confirmo
Confirmo
- Supports direct crypto payouts through USDC only (ERC20)
- Send to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
Rise
- Available globally
- Supports 100+ digital assets: BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more
- Multiple networks: Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, Avalanche
- Sent to any valid wallet address (Coinbase, Bybit, Bitget, MetaMask, or any compatible wallet)
− - Processing time: 1-2 business days
+ - Processing time: within 24 hours (24-hour payout guarantee)
- No MetaMask or specific wallet required — any wallet that supports your chosen token works
24-hour payout guarantee
Once an eligible payout request is submitted, we guarantee that it will be processed within 24 hours. If we fail to process your eligible payout within 24 hours, we will add an additional $1,000 to your payout.
How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
- Submit your payout request — once your payout request is submitted and you are eligible, the 24-hour countdown begins.
- Our team reviews your request — we complete the necessary checks and process your payout.
- Payout processed within 24 hours — your payout will be processed within the guaranteed 24-hour timeframe.
Section: How does the 24-hour reward guarantee work?
− - $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 24/7-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
+ - $1,000 more if we miss the deadline — if an eligible payout is not processed within 24 hours due to a Tradeify 247-side delay, an additional $1,000 will be added to your payout.
⚠ Important disclaimer
The 24-hour guarantee does not apply to delays caused by required communication with the trader, delays in Rise onboarding, or an interview or verification request. If any of these situations cause a delay, the trader will be informed accordingly.
Section: ⚠ Important disclaimer
− The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 24/7's control.
+ The guarantee applies to delays within Tradeify 247's control.
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
How to Request a Payout
Close all open positions — you must be completely flat (no open trades) before you can request a payout
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the Payouts section
- Verify you meet all requirements (minimum amount, KYC, minimum profitable days on 2-Step Funded, consistency score on Instant Funding)
- Select your payout method (Rise or Crypto)
- Enter the amount you wish to withdraw
- Submit your request
Note: Your first payout will require KYC verification if not already completed.
KYC Verification
Know Your Customer (KYC) verification is required for all accounts. For evaluation accounts, KYC is requested after you pass, before your funded account is activated. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is triggered at the time of purchase.
KYC verification typically takes 24-48 hours to process.
Verification Interviews
In addition to dashboard KYC and Rise payout-provider verification, Tradeify 247 may occasionally request a short verification interview for some payouts or accounts. This is a normal part of our verification process and does not mean anything is wrong with your account.
- It may be conducted by video call, including Google Meet
- A genuine invitation comes from an official @tradeify.co, @tradeify247.co, or @tradeifycrypto.co email address
- Its only purpose is to confirm your identity and your trading setup
- It does not replace dashboard KYC or Rise verification — it is an occasional additional step
How to spot a fake interview request: Tradeify will never ask you to grant remote access or control of your device, install remote-control or screen-control software, share your passwords or 2FA codes, or send money or cryptocurrency during a verification call. Any request to do those things is a scam, even if the caller claims to be from Tradeify.
If you're unsure whether a request is genuine, do not join the call or act on the email. Verify it first from your Tradeify dashboard or by emailing . A real verification interview can always be confirmed through support.
Payment Methods (Purchases)
You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using the following methods:
Credit/Debit Card
Section: Credit/Debit Card
− - Visa, Mastercard, accepted
+ - Visa and Mastercard accepted
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
- The name on the card must match the name on your Tradeify 247 account - a card in someone else's name cannot be used, even with the cardholder's permission
PayPal
- Available in supported countries
- Instant processing
- Credentials sent immediately after successful payment
Cryptocurrency
- Multiple cryptocurrencies accepted
- Processing time depends on network confirmations
- Credentials sent after payment confirmation
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: How long does it take to receive my payout?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Payouts are typically processed within 1-2 business days, regardless of method (Rise or cryptocurrency).
+ A: Eligible payouts are processed within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee, regardless of method (Rise or cryptocurrency). Your bank or wallet may take longer to show the funds.
Q: Is there a maximum payout amount? Is there a payout cap or limit?
A: From an active account, you can withdraw all available profits (80% of your total gains). There is no maximum per payout request. Note: this applies only while your account is active — a breached or closed account cannot be paid out.
Q: What happens to my profits if my account is breached? Can I withdraw from a failed account?
A: No. A breached account is closed and is not eligible for any payout. Any profit remaining in the account at the time of the breach is forfeited and cannot be withdrawn. To receive your profits, request a payout while your account is active and meets the payout requirements — a breach permanently ends payout eligibility for that account. This applies to every kind of breach, including an account closed for 30 consecutive days of inactivity. Payouts you have already received are not affected.
Q: Can I change my payout method?
A: Yes, you can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal request.
Q: Why was my payout request denied?
A: Common reasons include: incomplete KYC, not meeting minimum profitable days (2-Step Funded only), consistency score below 20% (Instant Funding only), or requesting below the $100 minimum, or a previous payout request on the account is still pending.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed - guaranteed within 24hours, or you'll get $1,000 bonus - then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Want to keep more of your profits? The Profit Split 95% add-on raises your funded-account split from 80% to 95% for the life of the account. See our Account Add-ons guide.
PremierTradeify 247 · DXTrade Platform Guide | Tradeify 247Tradeify Crypto Dashboard" replaced with "Tradeify 247 Dashboard" in two locations.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
Section: Accessing DXTrade
− This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify Crypto Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Getting Your Credentials
Section: Getting Your Credentials
− After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify Crypto Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
− Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify Crypto Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
Account Summary - View your balance, equity, margin, and P&L
Positions Panel - Monitor open positions and pending orders
Placing Your First Trade
After
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
Section: Accessing DXTrade
+ This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Getting Your Credentials
Section: Getting Your Credentials
+ After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify 247 Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
+ Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
Account Summary - View your balance, equity, margin, and P&L
Positions Panel - Monitor open positions and pending orders
Placing Your First Trade
DXTrade is a professional trading platform for Tradeify 247. This guide covers how to access your account, navigate the platform, and place your first trades. MetaTrader 5 is also available — see the platform question below.
Accessing DXTrade
Login URL: dx.tradeify247.co
Section: Accessing DXTrade
− This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify Crypto Dashboard:
+ This is the login page for all DXTrade accounts (evaluation and funded). Bookmark this URL for quick access. Alternatively, you can launch the DXTrade platform directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Go to the Platforms section.
- Click the Launch button for DXTrade to open the platform in a new tab.
DXTrade is available in three formats:
- Web Platform - Go to dx.tradeify247.co in any browser, no download required
- Desktop Application - Download for Windows or Mac
- Mobile (Phone / iPad / Tablet) - You CAN trade on your phone right now using your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon.
Important: Do NOT download the DXTrade app from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store — it does not work with Tradeify credentials. Use your mobile browser at dx.tradeify247.co instead.
Getting Your Credentials
Section: Getting Your Credentials
− After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify Crypto Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
− Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify Crypto Dashboard:
+ After purchasing your account: DXTrade credentials are distinct from your Tradeify 247 Dashboard login details. Ensure you use the correct credentials for each platform.
+ Retrieve your DXTrade credentials directly from the Tradeify 247 Dashboard:
- Log into the Dashboard using your account credentials.
- Navigate to the Accounts section.
- Click the Key icon (🔑) next to your account to reveal your DXTrade username and password.
- Use the copy buttons provided to ensure accuracy when copying your credentials.
Platform Overview
The DXTrade interface includes several key areas:
Chart Area - View price charts with multiple timeframes and technical indicators
Watchlist - Track your favorite cryptocurrency pairs
Order Panel - Place market, limit, and stop orders
Account Summary - View your balance, equity, margin, and P&L
Positions Panel - Monitor open positions and pending orders
Placing Your First Trade
PremierTradeify 247 · 3-Step Promotional Plan | Tradeify 247The plan was sold for 10 days in late August 2026 and is no longer available for purchase; existing account terms remain unchanged.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The 3-Step Promotional Plan is a limited-time Tradeify 247 offer: a $247,000 account for a $47 one-time fee. It is a three-phase evaluation — Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 — and you must complete all three before progressing to the Funded Account stage.
⚠️ This is a limited-time promotional plan with its own rules.
- One per customer. You may purchase this promotional account only once. If it breaches, or once you complete it, it cannot be repurchased.
- Its rules are different from the standard 2-Step, 1-Step and Instant Funding plans — the drawdown, leverage and payout rules below apply to this plan only.
- It is available in one account size only ($247,000), for a one-time fee of $47.
- Account add-ons are not available on this plan. Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach and Double Leverage cannot be purchased with it.
− - It is offered for a limited time and may be withdrawn.
Quick Overview
Rule | Phase 1 | Phase 2 | Phase 3 | Funded
Profit Target | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | N/A
Daily Drawdown | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410)
Max Drawdown (Static) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700)
Leverage | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1
Minimum Trading Days | None | None | None | None
Profit Split | N/A | N/A | N/A | 80%
Both the Daily Drawdown and the Maximum Drawdown are hard breaches. Reaching or exceeding either limit breaches the account.
The Three Phases
Each phase has the same rules. You must reach a 10% profit target ($24,700) while staying within the 3% daily drawdown and the 10% static maximum drawdown.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
A: Reaching or exceeding either the 3% daily drawdown ($7,410) or the 10% maximum drawdown ($24,700). Both are hard breaches, and both apply during the phases and on the funded account.
Q: Does the drawdown trail my profits?
A: No. The maximum drawdown is static on every stage of this plan. On a $247,000 account the floor stays at $222,300 and does not move up as you profit, and it does not move after a payout.
Q: Do I need a minimum number of trading days?
A: No. There is no minimum trading-day requirement on any phase, and this plan has no consistency score requirement.
Q: Is the funded account guaranteed once I pass Phase 3?
A: No. Every account goes through a final Risk Team review before the funded stage. Passing the Phase 3 profit target alone does not guarantee funding.
Q: When can I take my first payout?
A: 14 days after your first trade on the funded account — not 14 days after purchase. The funded account runs on a 14-day payout cycle rather than the on-demand payouts used on the standard plans.
Q: Can I trade this plan on MetaTrader 5?
A: Yes, unless you are in the United States. You can choose DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to US-based traders, who can trade this plan on DXTrade.
Q: How long is this promotion available?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: It is a limited-time offer and may be withdrawn at any time. If you already hold the account, your plan rules continue to apply as documented on this page.
Q: Does this plan count toward the $300,000 funded allocation cap?
A: No. The 3-Step Promotional Plan sits outside the standard allocation cap — it does not count toward the $300,000 combined funded limit, and the limit does not restrict it. This does not mean you can buy more than one: the promotional plan is limited to one per customer, separately from the allocation cap.
After
The 3-Step Promotional Plan is a limited-time Tradeify 247 offer: a $247,000 account for a $47 one-time fee. It is a three-phase evaluation — Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 — and you must complete all three before progressing to the Funded Account stage.
⚠️ This is a limited-time promotional plan with its own rules.
- One per customer. You may purchase this promotional account only once. If it breaches, or once you complete it, it cannot be repurchased.
- Its rules are different from the standard 2-Step, 1-Step and Instant Funding plans — the drawdown, leverage and payout rules below apply to this plan only.
- It is available in one account size only ($247,000), for a one-time fee of $47.
- Account add-ons are not available on this plan. Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach and Double Leverage cannot be purchased with it.
+ - It was sold for 10 days in late August 2026 and can no longer be bought. The rules on this page apply to customers who already hold the account.
Quick Overview
Rule | Phase 1 | Phase 2 | Phase 3 | Funded
Profit Target | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | N/A
Daily Drawdown | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410)
Max Drawdown (Static) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700)
Leverage | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1
Minimum Trading Days | None | None | None | None
Profit Split | N/A | N/A | N/A | 80%
Both the Daily Drawdown and the Maximum Drawdown are hard breaches. Reaching or exceeding either limit breaches the account.
The Three Phases
Each phase has the same rules. You must reach a 10% profit target ($24,700) while staying within the 3% daily drawdown and the 10% static maximum drawdown.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
A: Reaching or exceeding either the 3% daily drawdown ($7,410) or the 10% maximum drawdown ($24,700). Both are hard breaches, and both apply during the phases and on the funded account.
Q: Does the drawdown trail my profits?
A: No. The maximum drawdown is static on every stage of this plan. On a $247,000 account the floor stays at $222,300 and does not move up as you profit, and it does not move after a payout.
Q: Do I need a minimum number of trading days?
A: No. There is no minimum trading-day requirement on any phase, and this plan has no consistency score requirement.
Q: Is the funded account guaranteed once I pass Phase 3?
A: No. Every account goes through a final Risk Team review before the funded stage. Passing the Phase 3 profit target alone does not guarantee funding.
Q: When can I take my first payout?
A: 14 days after your first trade on the funded account — not 14 days after purchase. The funded account runs on a 14-day payout cycle rather than the on-demand payouts used on the standard plans.
Q: Can I trade this plan on MetaTrader 5?
A: Yes, unless you are in the United States. You can choose DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to US-based traders, who can trade this plan on DXTrade.
Q: How long is this promotion available?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: It is no longer available. It was sold for 10 days in late August 2026. If you already hold the account, your plan rules continue to apply as documented on this page.
Q: Does this plan count toward the $300,000 funded allocation cap?
A: No. The 3-Step Promotional Plan sits outside the standard allocation cap — it does not count toward the $300,000 combined funded limit, and the limit does not restrict it. This does not mean you can buy more than one: the promotional plan is limited to one per customer, separately from the allocation cap.
The 3-Step Promotional Plan is a limited-time Tradeify 247 offer: a $247,000 account for a $47 one-time fee. It is a three-phase evaluation — Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 — and you must complete all three before progressing to the Funded Account stage.
⚠️ This is a limited-time promotional plan with its own rules.
- One per customer. You may purchase this promotional account only once. If it breaches, or once you complete it, it cannot be repurchased.
- Its rules are different from the standard 2-Step, 1-Step and Instant Funding plans — the drawdown, leverage and payout rules below apply to this plan only.
- It is available in one account size only ($247,000), for a one-time fee of $47.
- Account add-ons are not available on this plan. Profit Split 95%, Daily Soft Breach and Double Leverage cannot be purchased with it.
− - It is offered for a limited time and may be withdrawn.
+ - It was sold for 10 days in late August 2026 and can no longer be bought. The rules on this page apply to customers who already hold the account.
Quick Overview
Rule | Phase 1 | Phase 2 | Phase 3 | Funded
Profit Target | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | N/A
Daily Drawdown | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410) | 3% ($7,410)
Max Drawdown (Static) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700) | 10% ($24,700)
Leverage | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1 | Up to 10:1
Minimum Trading Days | None | None | None | None
Profit Split | N/A | N/A | N/A | 80%
Both the Daily Drawdown and the Maximum Drawdown are hard breaches. Reaching or exceeding either limit breaches the account.
The Three Phases
Each phase has the same rules. You must reach a 10% profit target ($24,700) while staying within the 3% daily drawdown and the 10% static maximum drawdown.
Is there a minimum number of trading days?
A: Reaching or exceeding either the 3% daily drawdown ($7,410) or the 10% maximum drawdown ($24,700). Both are hard breaches, and both apply during the phases and on the funded account.
Q: Does the drawdown trail my profits?
A: No. The maximum drawdown is static on every stage of this plan. On a $247,000 account the floor stays at $222,300 and does not move up as you profit, and it does not move after a payout.
Q: Do I need a minimum number of trading days?
A: No. There is no minimum trading-day requirement on any phase, and this plan has no consistency score requirement.
Q: Is the funded account guaranteed once I pass Phase 3?
A: No. Every account goes through a final Risk Team review before the funded stage. Passing the Phase 3 profit target alone does not guarantee funding.
Q: When can I take my first payout?
A: 14 days after your first trade on the funded account — not 14 days after purchase. The funded account runs on a 14-day payout cycle rather than the on-demand payouts used on the standard plans.
Q: Can I trade this plan on MetaTrader 5?
A: Yes, unless you are in the United States. You can choose DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to US-based traders, who can trade this plan on DXTrade.
Q: How long is this promotion available?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: It is a limited-time offer and may be withdrawn at any time. If you already hold the account, your plan rules continue to apply as documented on this page.
+ A: It is no longer available. It was sold for 10 days in late August 2026. If you already hold the account, your plan rules continue to apply as documented on this page.
Q: Does this plan count toward the $300,000 funded allocation cap?
A: No. The 3-Step Promotional Plan sits outside the standard allocation cap — it does not count toward the $300,000 combined funded limit, and the limit does not restrict it. This does not mean you can buy more than one: the promotional plan is limited to one per customer, separately from the allocation cap.
PremierTradeify 247 · Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify 247Overnight position rule changed: closing partial lots before reset and remainder after reset now allowed, and counts as one trading day.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
$100,000 | $3,000
How it works: The daily limit resets at the start of each new trading day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the daily limit at any point during the day, your account will be closed immediately. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it — you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Maximum Loss / Drawdown (6%)
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The drawdown floor behavior varies by account type:
Static Drawdown (2-Step and 1-Step Evaluations)
Your max drawdown limit is fixed and never changes. For a $50,000 account, your limit is always $47,000 ($50,000 minus $3,000, the 6% max drawdown).
End-of-Trade Trailing Balance Drawdown (Instant Funding)
Your max drawdown floor trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) and is capped at your starting balance. It only ever moves up, never down.
Example (50K account):
- Start at $50,000, drawdown floor at $47,000
- A trade closes at a new high, taking your balance to $51,500
- The floor immediately trails up to $48,500 ($51,500 − $3,000), the moment that trade closes — intraday, not at the daily reset
Section: Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X legacy)
− Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X)
The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X funded accounts. When you request your first payout, your drawdown floor locks at your starting balance ($0 profit). This means after a payout request, you cannot go below your original account size. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their Static floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% for the life of the account, and a payout does not move it.
Microscalping Rule (20 Seconds)
All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
This rule prevents high-frequency scalping strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. The 20-second timer starts from the moment your position is opened.
Important: Violations of the microscalping rule may result in account termination.
Hedging Policy
Hedging is not allowed.
You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes:
- Holding both long and short positions in the same instrument (e.g., going long BTC on one account and short BTC on another, or the same tokenized stock on two accounts)
- Cross-account hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts
- Group trading or hedging between accounts owned by different users
Automatic Detection: Our systems automatically monitor for hedging activity. Violations may result in immediate account termination.
Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
Partial closes are allowed. However, they may not be used to artificially increase your number of trading days, or to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements.
For a trading day to be counted, the entire position must be fully closed. A position is treated as active until all remaining volume has been closed.
Example:
- You open a 1.0 lot position on Monday
- Before the 22:00 UTC daily reset, you close 0.5 lots
- After the reset, you close the remaining 0.5 lots
- This counts as ONE trading day, not two — the position is a single trade that stayed active across both periods and only became fully realized when the last volume was closed
Section: Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
− Overnight positions: You may hold positions overnight. However, to carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact. Holding the full 1.0 lot overnight is allowed. Closing 0.5 lots before the reset and then carrying the remaining 0.5 lots overnight is not allowed.
Why: This prevents the artificial creation of trading days through partial closes and keeps Minimum Profitable Day and Consistency requirements reflecting genuine trading activity. Any attempt to manipulate trading day calculations through partial position management may result in the affected profits being excluded from eligibility calculations, or other corrective action at Tradeify's discretion.
Inactivity Policy
If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity. This is a breach in exactly the same way a drawdown breach is: the account cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. To trade again you would need to purchase a new account.
You get a warning first. At 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning telling you to place at least one trade within the next 48 hours. If you place a trade in that window, nothing happens to your account. If you do not, the account is closed as a breach at 30 days.
To keep your account active, place at least one trade every 30 days. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Trading Bots
Trading bots are allowed if you own or have exclusive rights to the bot.
Copy trading is allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your Tradeify account. One exception: on the previous 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
You may not use:
- Bots shared among multiple traders
- Signal services that auto-execute trades on your behalf (services you do not own or control)
Use of VPN and VPS
After
$100,000 | $3,000
How it works: The daily limit resets at the start of each new trading day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the daily limit at any point during the day, your account will be closed immediately. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it — you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Maximum Loss / Drawdown (6%)
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The drawdown floor behavior varies by account type:
Static Drawdown (2-Step and 1-Step Evaluations)
Your max drawdown limit is fixed and never changes. For a $50,000 account, your limit is always $47,000 ($50,000 minus $3,000, the 6% max drawdown).
End-of-Trade Trailing Balance Drawdown (Instant Funding)
Your max drawdown floor trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) and is capped at your starting balance. It only ever moves up, never down.
Example (50K account):
- Start at $50,000, drawdown floor at $47,000
- A trade closes at a new high, taking your balance to $51,500
- The floor immediately trails up to $48,500 ($51,500 − $3,000), the moment that trade closes — intraday, not at the daily reset
Section: Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X legacy)
+ Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X legacy)
The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X funded accounts. When you request your first payout, your drawdown floor locks at your starting balance ($0 profit). This means after a payout request, you cannot go below your original account size. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their Static floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% for the life of the account, and a payout does not move it.
Microscalping Rule (20 Seconds)
All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
This rule prevents high-frequency scalping strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. The 20-second timer starts from the moment your position is opened.
Important: Violations of the microscalping rule may result in account termination.
Hedging Policy
Hedging is not allowed.
You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes:
- Holding both long and short positions in the same instrument (e.g., going long BTC on one account and short BTC on another, or the same tokenized stock on two accounts)
- Cross-account hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts
- Group trading or hedging between accounts owned by different users
Automatic Detection: Our systems automatically monitor for hedging activity. Violations may result in immediate account termination.
Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
Partial closes are allowed. However, they may not be used to artificially increase your number of trading days, or to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements.
For a trading day to be counted, the entire position must be fully closed. A position is treated as active until all remaining volume has been closed.
Example:
- You open a 1.0 lot position on Monday
- Before the 22:00 UTC daily reset, you close 0.5 lots
- After the reset, you close the remaining 0.5 lots
- This counts as ONE trading day, not two — the position is a single trade that stayed active across both periods and only became fully realized when the last volume was closed
Section: Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
+ Overnight positions: You may hold positions overnight. However, to carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact. Holding the full 1.0 lot overnight is allowed, and so is closing 0.5 lots before the reset and the remaining 0.5 lots after it. Either way, the position counts as one trading day.
Why: This prevents the artificial creation of trading days through partial closes and keeps Minimum Profitable Day and Consistency requirements reflecting genuine trading activity. Any attempt to manipulate trading day calculations through partial position management may result in the affected profits being excluded from eligibility calculations, or other corrective action at Tradeify's discretion.
Inactivity Policy
If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity. This is a breach in exactly the same way a drawdown breach is: the account cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. To trade again you would need to purchase a new account.
You get a warning first. At 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning telling you to place at least one trade within the next 48 hours. If you place a trade in that window, nothing happens to your account. If you do not, the account is closed as a breach at 30 days.
To keep your account active, place at least one trade every 30 days. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Trading Bots
Trading bots are allowed if you own or have exclusive rights to the bot.
Copy trading is allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your Tradeify account. One exception: on the previous 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
You may not use:
- Bots shared among multiple traders
- Signal services that auto-execute trades on your behalf (services you do not own or control)
Use of VPN and VPS
$100,000 | $3,000
How it works: The daily limit resets at the start of each new trading day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the daily limit at any point during the day, your account will be closed immediately. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it — you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Maximum Loss / Drawdown (6%)
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. Important: the breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The drawdown floor behavior varies by account type:
Static Drawdown (2-Step and 1-Step Evaluations)
Your max drawdown limit is fixed and never changes. For a $50,000 account, your limit is always $47,000 ($50,000 minus $3,000, the 6% max drawdown).
End-of-Trade Trailing Balance Drawdown (Instant Funding)
Your max drawdown floor trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) and is capped at your starting balance. It only ever moves up, never down.
Example (50K account):
- Start at $50,000, drawdown floor at $47,000
- A trade closes at a new high, taking your balance to $51,500
- The floor immediately trails up to $48,500 ($51,500 − $3,000), the moment that trade closes — intraday, not at the daily reset
Section: Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X legacy)
− Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X)
+ Payout Lock (Instant Funding, APE-X legacy)
The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X funded accounts. When you request your first payout, your drawdown floor locks at your starting balance ($0 profit). This means after a payout request, you cannot go below your original account size. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock — their Static floor stays fixed at your starting balance minus 6% for the life of the account, and a payout does not move it.
Microscalping Rule (20 Seconds)
All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
This rule prevents high-frequency scalping strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. The 20-second timer starts from the moment your position is opened.
Important: Violations of the microscalping rule may result in account termination.
Hedging Policy
Hedging is not allowed.
You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes:
- Holding both long and short positions in the same instrument (e.g., going long BTC on one account and short BTC on another, or the same tokenized stock on two accounts)
- Cross-account hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts
- Group trading or hedging between accounts owned by different users
Automatic Detection: Our systems automatically monitor for hedging activity. Violations may result in immediate account termination.
Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
Partial closes are allowed. However, they may not be used to artificially increase your number of trading days, or to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements.
For a trading day to be counted, the entire position must be fully closed. A position is treated as active until all remaining volume has been closed.
Example:
- You open a 1.0 lot position on Monday
- Before the 22:00 UTC daily reset, you close 0.5 lots
- After the reset, you close the remaining 0.5 lots
- This counts as ONE trading day, not two — the position is a single trade that stayed active across both periods and only became fully realized when the last volume was closed
Section: Partial Closes and How Trading Days Are Counted
− Overnight positions: You may hold positions overnight. However, to carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact. Holding the full 1.0 lot overnight is allowed. Closing 0.5 lots before the reset and then carrying the remaining 0.5 lots overnight is not allowed.
+ Overnight positions: You may hold positions overnight. However, to carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact. Holding the full 1.0 lot overnight is allowed, and so is closing 0.5 lots before the reset and the remaining 0.5 lots after it. Either way, the position counts as one trading day.
Why: This prevents the artificial creation of trading days through partial closes and keeps Minimum Profitable Day and Consistency requirements reflecting genuine trading activity. Any attempt to manipulate trading day calculations through partial position management may result in the affected profits being excluded from eligibility calculations, or other corrective action at Tradeify's discretion.
Inactivity Policy
If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity. This is a breach in exactly the same way a drawdown breach is: the account cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. To trade again you would need to purchase a new account.
You get a warning first. At 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning telling you to place at least one trade within the next 48 hours. If you place a trade in that window, nothing happens to your account. If you do not, the account is closed as a breach at 30 days.
To keep your account active, place at least one trade every 30 days. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Trading Bots
Trading bots are allowed if you own or have exclusive rights to the bot.
Copy trading is allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your Tradeify account. One exception: on the previous 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
You may not use:
- Bots shared among multiple traders
- Signal services that auto-execute trades on your behalf (services you do not own or control)
Use of VPN and VPS
PremierTradeify 247 · One Step Daily (The Forge) Guide | Tradeify 247Added timezone conversions (5:00 PM ET winter / 6:00 PM ET Daylight Saving) to the 22:00 UTC daily reset time.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Drawdown Type | Trailing balance
Consistency Rule | None
Buffer Required | 4% ($2,000)
Daily Payout Cap | $1,500 (3%)
Profit Split | 80%
How the Max Loss Works
The plan uses a trailing, balance-based Maximum Loss of 5% ($2,500) in both the evaluation and funded stages. There is no daily loss limit — only the trailing Maximum Loss applies.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. The floor starts at $47,500 (starting balance minus 5%) and trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset), is capped at your starting balance ($50,000), and only ever moves up. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it.
Example:
- You close a trade at a new high of $51,000 → the floor rises to $48,500 ($51,000 − $2,500).
- You close a trade at $52,500 → the floor rises to $50,000 and is now capped at your starting balance.
- Your balance climbs further → the floor stays at $50,000. It never exceeds the starting balance and never moves down.
Section: How the Max Loss Works
− The daily reset is at 22:00 UTC every day, including weekends.
Consistency Rule (Evaluation Only)
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total evaluation profits, checked when the profit target is reached. Being over the limit is not a breach — simply continue trading until your biggest day falls back within 40% of your total profits.
There is no consistency requirement on the funded stage.
How Daily Payouts Work
Once you reach the funded stage, you first need to build a $2,000 buffer (4% of the account).
- The $2,000 buffer cannot be withdrawn and must remain in the account.
- Once the buffer has been fully built, you can withdraw only profits above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap (3% of the account).
First payout cycle
Once the required $2,000 buffer has been fully built, you can request a payout of any eligible profit above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap.
Example | Balance | Outcome
Payout below the cap | $53,200 | Buffer $2,000 stays in the account; $1,200 above the buffer can be withdrawn ✓
Full Payout Cap | $55,000 | $3,000 above the buffer, capped — trader withdraws the full $1,500 cap; the remaining $1,500 of profit and the buffer stay in the account ✓
After
Drawdown Type | Trailing balance
Consistency Rule | None
Buffer Required | 4% ($2,000)
Daily Payout Cap | $1,500 (3%)
Profit Split | 80%
How the Max Loss Works
The plan uses a trailing, balance-based Maximum Loss of 5% ($2,500) in both the evaluation and funded stages. There is no daily loss limit — only the trailing Maximum Loss applies.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. The floor starts at $47,500 (starting balance minus 5%) and trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset), is capped at your starting balance ($50,000), and only ever moves up. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it.
Example:
- You close a trade at a new high of $51,000 → the floor rises to $48,500 ($51,000 − $2,500).
- You close a trade at $52,500 → the floor rises to $50,000 and is now capped at your starting balance.
- Your balance climbs further → the floor stays at $50,000. It never exceeds the starting balance and never moves down.
Section: How the Max Loss Works
+ The daily reset is at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) every day, including weekends.
Consistency Rule (Evaluation Only)
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total evaluation profits, checked when the profit target is reached. Being over the limit is not a breach — simply continue trading until your biggest day falls back within 40% of your total profits.
There is no consistency requirement on the funded stage.
How Daily Payouts Work
Once you reach the funded stage, you first need to build a $2,000 buffer (4% of the account).
- The $2,000 buffer cannot be withdrawn and must remain in the account.
- Once the buffer has been fully built, you can withdraw only profits above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap (3% of the account).
First payout cycle
Once the required $2,000 buffer has been fully built, you can request a payout of any eligible profit above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap.
Example | Balance | Outcome
Payout below the cap | $53,200 | Buffer $2,000 stays in the account; $1,200 above the buffer can be withdrawn ✓
Full Payout Cap | $55,000 | $3,000 above the buffer, capped — trader withdraws the full $1,500 cap; the remaining $1,500 of profit and the buffer stay in the account ✓
Drawdown Type | Trailing balance
Consistency Rule | None
Buffer Required | 4% ($2,000)
Daily Payout Cap | $1,500 (3%)
Profit Split | 80%
How the Max Loss Works
The plan uses a trailing, balance-based Maximum Loss of 5% ($2,500) in both the evaluation and funded stages. There is no daily loss limit — only the trailing Maximum Loss applies.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) cannot fall below the max drawdown floor at any time. The floor starts at $47,500 (starting balance minus 5%) and trails up with your highest closed-trade balance — it rises the moment a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset), is capped at your starting balance ($50,000), and only ever moves up. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it.
Example:
- You close a trade at a new high of $51,000 → the floor rises to $48,500 ($51,000 − $2,500).
- You close a trade at $52,500 → the floor rises to $50,000 and is now capped at your starting balance.
- Your balance climbs further → the floor stays at $50,000. It never exceeds the starting balance and never moves down.
Section: How the Max Loss Works
− The daily reset is at 22:00 UTC every day, including weekends.
+ The daily reset is at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) every day, including weekends.
Consistency Rule (Evaluation Only)
During the evaluation, no single trading day can account for more than 40% of your total evaluation profits, checked when the profit target is reached. Being over the limit is not a breach — simply continue trading until your biggest day falls back within 40% of your total profits.
There is no consistency requirement on the funded stage.
How Daily Payouts Work
Once you reach the funded stage, you first need to build a $2,000 buffer (4% of the account).
- The $2,000 buffer cannot be withdrawn and must remain in the account.
- Once the buffer has been fully built, you can withdraw only profits above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap (3% of the account).
First payout cycle
Once the required $2,000 buffer has been fully built, you can request a payout of any eligible profit above the buffer, up to the $1,500 Daily Payout Cap.
Example | Balance | Outcome
Payout below the cap | $53,200 | Buffer $2,000 stays in the account; $1,200 above the buffer can be withdrawn ✓
Full Payout Cap | $55,000 | $3,000 above the buffer, capped — trader withdraws the full $1,500 cap; the remaining $1,500 of profit and the buffer stay in the account ✓
PremierTradeify 247 · Instant Funding Guide | Tradeify 247Payout processing time changed from usually 1-2 business days to within 24 hours under 24-hour payout guarantee; three other clarifications added.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Section: Key Differences from Evaluations
− Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Account Balance: $99,000
The max loss remains at $97,000 (it does not move down after losses).
Trade 4
Gain: $7,000
Account Balance: $106,000
The max loss trails from $97,000 → $100,000.
At this point, the MLL has reached the starting balance and now locks in place.
Trade 5
Gain: $1,000
Account Balance: $107,000
The max loss remains locked at $100,000 and no longer trails higher.
Payout Lock Explained
Section: Payout Lock Explained
− The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X funded accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock. On the accounts that do, requesting any payout (partial or full) permanently locks the drawdown floor at your starting balance. This lock is permanent and cannot be reset.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
- Encourages disciplined position sizing
When to Choose Instant Funding
Instant Funding is ideal if you:
- Want to start trading immediately without evaluation phases
- Prefer trading without profit target pressure
- Are comfortable with lower leverage
- Have a consistent trading style (for the 20% consistency score)
- Are willing to pay a higher upfront cost for immediate access
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I request a payout on day one?
A: No. You need to meet the 20% consistency score, which requires your profits to be distributed across multiple trading days. You also need at least $100 in profits and completed KYC verification.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed — usually 1-2 business days — then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Q: Does the payout lock ever reset?
A: No, once triggered by a payout request, the lock is permanent at your starting balance.
Q: What if I don't want the payout lock yet?
A: Simply don't request a payout. The lock only activates when you request your first withdrawal.
Q: Is KYC required for Instant Funding?
A: Yes. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC verification is triggered at the time of purchase. You must complete KYC to receive payouts.
Want to upgrade your Instant Funding account? Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage are available at checkout (Daily Soft Breach is not offered on Instant Funding). See our Account Add-ons guide.
After
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Section: Key Differences from Evaluations
+ Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Account Balance: $99,000
The max loss remains at $97,000 (it does not move down after losses).
Trade 4
Gain: $7,000
Account Balance: $106,000
The max loss trails from $97,000 → $100,000.
At this point, the MLL has reached the starting balance and now locks in place.
Trade 5
Gain: $1,000
Account Balance: $107,000
The max loss remains locked at $100,000 and no longer trails higher.
Payout Lock Explained
Section: Payout Lock Explained
+ The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) funded accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock. On the accounts that do, requesting any payout (partial or full) permanently locks the drawdown floor at your starting balance. This lock is permanent and cannot be reset.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
- Encourages disciplined position sizing
When to Choose Instant Funding
Instant Funding is ideal if you:
- Want to start trading immediately without evaluation phases
- Prefer trading without profit target pressure
- Are comfortable with lower leverage
- Have a consistent trading style (for the 20% consistency score)
- Are willing to pay a higher upfront cost for immediate access
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I request a payout on day one?
A: No. You need to meet the 20% consistency score, which requires your profits to be distributed across multiple trading days. You also need at least $100 in profits and completed KYC verification.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed — usually within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee — then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Q: Does the payout lock ever reset?
A: No, once triggered by a payout request, the lock is permanent at your starting balance.
Q: What if I don't want the payout lock yet?
A: Simply don't request a payout. The lock only activates when you request your first withdrawal.
Q: Is KYC required for Instant Funding?
A: Yes. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC verification is triggered at the time of purchase. You must complete KYC to receive payouts.
Want to upgrade your Instant Funding account? Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage are available at checkout (Daily Soft Breach is not offered on Instant Funding). See our Account Add-ons guide.
Instant Funding lets you skip the evaluation entirely and start trading with funded capital immediately. This guide covers everything you need to know about this unique account type.
For a comparison of evaluation types vs Instant Funding, see the Evaluations Guide.
How Instant Funding Works
Unlike evaluations, Instant Funding accounts have:
- No profit targets - Trade at your own pace
- No fixed minimum trading days - but the 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice
- Immediate funding - Start trading right after purchase
- 80% profit split - Same as evaluation accounts
Key Differences from Evaluations
Feature | Evaluations | Instant Funding
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1 (all symbols)
Profit Target | Required | None
Section: Key Differences from Evaluations
− Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None
+ Min Trading Days | 2-Step: 3 days · 1-Step: None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | Yes
Consistency Score | No | 20% required
How Drawdowns Work
Instant Funding accounts use a 3% daily loss limit measured from your previous day's closing balance, and a 6% End-of-Trade Trailing Balance max drawdown — the floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at the daily reset) — plus the Payout Lock mechanism (also used on APE-X accounts).
Daily Loss Limit Example (100K Account)
Starting account size: $100,000
At 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving), the Daily Loss Limit Snapshot is taken.
In this example, the snapshot balance is $101,500.
The Daily Loss Limit is $3,000, meaning the maximum daily drawdown is calculated as:
$101,500 (snapshot balance) − $3,000 (daily loss limit) = $98,500
This creates a Daily Drawdown Figure of $98,500.
Your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) must remain above this level at all times during the trading day. If your equity falls below $98,500 at any point — including from an open losing trade — a Daily Loss Limit violation occurs and the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so you do NOT need to close the trade for the breach to trigger.
Account Balance: $99,000
The max loss remains at $97,000 (it does not move down after losses).
Trade 4
Gain: $7,000
Account Balance: $106,000
The max loss trails from $97,000 → $100,000.
At this point, the MLL has reached the starting balance and now locks in place.
Trade 5
Gain: $1,000
Account Balance: $107,000
The max loss remains locked at $100,000 and no longer trails higher.
Payout Lock Explained
Section: Payout Lock Explained
− The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X funded accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock. On the accounts that do, requesting any payout (partial or full) permanently locks the drawdown floor at your starting balance. This lock is permanent and cannot be reset.
+ The payout lock applies to Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) funded accounts. 1-Step and 2-Step Funded accounts do not have a payout lock. On the accounts that do, requesting any payout (partial or full) permanently locks the drawdown floor at your starting balance. This lock is permanent and cannot be reset.
How it works:
- Before payout request: Trailing drawdown works normally (trails up with profits, locks at starting balance naturally)
- When you request ANY payout: Drawdown floor permanently locks at your starting balance
- After lock: Your account balance can never drop below the starting balance or the account is closed
Full Worked Example ($50K Account)
- Starting balance: $50,000
- MLL floor starts at: $47,000 (6% trailing)
- You trade profitably and grow the account to $55,000
- MLL floor has trailed up to $50,000 (locked at starting balance)
- You request a $4,000 payout (you receive $3,200 at 80% split)
- PAYOUT LOCK activates: Floor permanently locks at $50,000
- Balance after payout: $51,000. Your buffer = $1,000 before breach.
- Encourages disciplined position sizing
When to Choose Instant Funding
Instant Funding is ideal if you:
- Want to start trading immediately without evaluation phases
- Prefer trading without profit target pressure
- Are comfortable with lower leverage
- Have a consistent trading style (for the 20% consistency score)
- Are willing to pay a higher upfront cost for immediate access
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I request a payout on day one?
A: No. You need to meet the 20% consistency score, which requires your profits to be distributed across multiple trading days. You also need at least $100 in profits and completed KYC verification.
Q: Can I request another payout while one is still processing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed — usually 1-2 business days — then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open per account at a time. Wait until your current request has been processed — usually within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee — then request your next payout once you meet the requirements again. "On demand" means there is no fixed schedule, not that requests can overlap.
Q: Does the payout lock ever reset?
A: No, once triggered by a payout request, the lock is permanent at your starting balance.
Q: What if I don't want the payout lock yet?
A: Simply don't request a payout. The lock only activates when you request your first withdrawal.
Q: Is KYC required for Instant Funding?
A: Yes. For Instant Funding accounts, KYC verification is triggered at the time of purchase. You must complete KYC to receive payouts.
Want to upgrade your Instant Funding account? Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage are available at checkout (Daily Soft Breach is not offered on Instant Funding). See our Account Add-ons guide.
PremierTradeify 247 · Account Add-ons | Tradeify 247Add-ons now stay with accounts for their lifetime, and account resets are no longer available; Double Leverage leverage ratios expanded to include more commodity pairs.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons that you can attach to any account purchase at checkout. Add-ons modify how your account behaves — raising your profit share, softening daily breaches, or doubling your leverage. They are one-time purchases priced as a percentage uplift on the base account price, and you can combine all three on a single order.
⚠️ Important — Read Before Purchase
- Add-ons can only be selected at checkout. They cannot be added to an existing account after purchase.
- Add-ons cannot be removed from an account once purchased.
- Pricing is shown as a percentage uplift on the base account price. The final total (including any add-ons) is displayed at checkout before payment.
- For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage carry through to the funded phase automatically when you pass. Daily Soft Breach is the exception — it covers the evaluation only.
− - Add-ons are non-refundable. If you reset an evaluation, the reset fee restores your account but does not remove or refund the add-on.
Profit Split 95%
Upgrades your funded-account profit share from the standard 80% to 95% for the life of the account.
Detail | Value
Price | +25% on base account price
Default profit split | 80% trader / 20% Tradeify
With add-on | 95% trader / 5% Tradeify
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), the 95% split is reserved during the evaluation phase and applied automatically when you pass and your funded account is provisioned. You do not need to re-purchase the add-on at the funded stage.
Daily Soft Breach
Changes what happens when you hit the daily 3% loss limit during your evaluation. By default, breaching the daily limit is a Hard Breach — the account is closed and trading ends. With the Daily Soft Breach add-on, the same event becomes a Soft Breach — your positions are liquidated, trading is locked for the rest of the day, and the account resumes normally the next trading day. This applies to the evaluation phase only; once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach.
What happens on a Soft Breach
- Daily 3% loss limit is hit.
- Trading is locked for the remainder of the current trading day.
- The account resumes normal trading at the start of the next trading day.
- Your daily loss limit resets as normal at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving).
The account is not closed and the maximum drawdown rule still applies — Soft Breach only changes the daily limit behavior, not the overall account drawdown.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Default behavior | Hard Breach — account closed
With add-on | Soft Breach — locked for the day, resumes tomorrow
Available on | 1-Step and 2-Step evaluation phases only
After you pass | Add-on ends — funded account reverts to Hard Breach
Daily Soft Breach is not available on Instant Funding accounts, which have no evaluation phase. It is also the one add-on that does not carry through to the funded account — it covers the evaluation only. For full details on the daily loss limit and how it is calculated, see our Trading Rules Overview.
Double Leverage
Section: Double Leverage
− Doubles the buying power on your account by halving the margin requirement — letting you open a position twice as large with the same balance. On 1-Step and 2-Step accounts, leverage on BTC, ETH, and PAXG goes from 5:1 to 10:1. On altcoins and tokenized stocks — and on every pair for Instant Funding accounts — leverage goes from 2:1 to 4:1.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Effect | Doubles your default buying power on all supported instruments
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
Risk note: Doubling your leverage doubles your potential gains and your potential losses on the same position size. Your daily loss limit and maximum drawdown do not change with this add-on — whatever they are for your account type, they stay the same. Position sizing becomes more important — a smaller adverse move can now breach your daily limit. Use this add-on only if you have a clear risk plan.
Stacking and Pricing
Add-ons can be combined freely on a single order. The uplift percentages stack additively on the base account price.
Add-on | Uplift
Profit Split 95% | +25%
Daily Soft Breach | +20%
Double Leverage | +20%
All three combined | +65%
Example: a base account priced at $100 with all three add-ons selected costs $100 + $65 = $165. The final total is always shown at checkout before you pay.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I add an add-on to an existing account?
No. Add-ons must be selected at checkout when the account is purchased. They cannot be attached to an account that has already been provisioned.
Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
Section: Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
− No. Add-ons are non-refundable and cannot be removed once the account is active. If you reset a failed evaluation, the add-ons stay attached to the reset account.
Do add-ons carry through to my funded account when I pass?
Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage do. For 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations they are preserved through Phase 1, Phase 2 (where applicable), and the funded account, and you do not need to re-purchase anything when you pass. Daily Soft Breach does not carry through — it applies to the evaluation phase only, and once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach on the daily loss limit.
Does Double Leverage change my loss limits?
No. Your daily loss limit (3%) and maximum drawdown (6%) stay the same. Only the buying power changes. This means a smaller adverse price move can now hit your daily limit — manage your position size accordingly.
Where do I select add-ons?
Add-ons appear as checkboxes on the checkout page when you purchase an account. They are also available in the in-app checkout from your trader dashboard.
After
Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons that you can attach to any account purchase at checkout. Add-ons modify how your account behaves — raising your profit share, softening daily breaches, or doubling your leverage. They are one-time purchases priced as a percentage uplift on the base account price, and you can combine all three on a single order.
⚠️ Important — Read Before Purchase
- Add-ons can only be selected at checkout. They cannot be added to an existing account after purchase.
- Add-ons cannot be removed from an account once purchased.
- Pricing is shown as a percentage uplift on the base account price. The final total (including any add-ons) is displayed at checkout before payment.
- For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage carry through to the funded phase automatically when you pass. Daily Soft Breach is the exception — it covers the evaluation only.
+ - Add-ons are non-refundable and stay with the account for its lifetime. Tradeify 247 has no account resets.
Profit Split 95%
Upgrades your funded-account profit share from the standard 80% to 95% for the life of the account.
Detail | Value
Price | +25% on base account price
Default profit split | 80% trader / 20% Tradeify
With add-on | 95% trader / 5% Tradeify
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), the 95% split is reserved during the evaluation phase and applied automatically when you pass and your funded account is provisioned. You do not need to re-purchase the add-on at the funded stage.
Daily Soft Breach
Changes what happens when you hit the daily 3% loss limit during your evaluation. By default, breaching the daily limit is a Hard Breach — the account is closed and trading ends. With the Daily Soft Breach add-on, the same event becomes a Soft Breach — your positions are liquidated, trading is locked for the rest of the day, and the account resumes normally the next trading day. This applies to the evaluation phase only; once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach.
What happens on a Soft Breach
- Daily 3% loss limit is hit.
- Trading is locked for the remainder of the current trading day.
- The account resumes normal trading at the start of the next trading day.
- Your daily loss limit resets as normal at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving).
The account is not closed and the maximum drawdown rule still applies — Soft Breach only changes the daily limit behavior, not the overall account drawdown.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Default behavior | Hard Breach — account closed
With add-on | Soft Breach — locked for the day, resumes tomorrow
Available on | 1-Step and 2-Step evaluation phases only
After you pass | Add-on ends — funded account reverts to Hard Breach
Daily Soft Breach is not available on Instant Funding accounts, which have no evaluation phase. It is also the one add-on that does not carry through to the funded account — it covers the evaluation only. For full details on the daily loss limit and how it is calculated, see our Trading Rules Overview.
Double Leverage
Section: Double Leverage
+ Doubles the buying power on your account by halving the margin requirement — letting you open a position twice as large with the same balance. On 1-Step and 2-Step accounts, leverage on BTC, ETH, and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL) goes from 5:1 to 10:1. On altcoins, indices, and tokenized stocks — and on every pair for Instant Funding accounts — leverage goes from 2:1 to 4:1.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Effect | Doubles your default buying power on all supported instruments
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
Risk note: Doubling your leverage doubles your potential gains and your potential losses on the same position size. Your daily loss limit and maximum drawdown do not change with this add-on — whatever they are for your account type, they stay the same. Position sizing becomes more important — a smaller adverse move can now breach your daily limit. Use this add-on only if you have a clear risk plan.
Stacking and Pricing
Add-ons can be combined freely on a single order. The uplift percentages stack additively on the base account price.
Add-on | Uplift
Profit Split 95% | +25%
Daily Soft Breach | +20%
Double Leverage | +20%
All three combined | +65%
Example: a base account priced at $100 with all three add-ons selected costs $100 + $65 = $165. The final total is always shown at checkout before you pay.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I add an add-on to an existing account?
No. Add-ons must be selected at checkout when the account is purchased. They cannot be attached to an account that has already been provisioned.
Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
Section: Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
+ No. Add-ons are non-refundable and cannot be removed once the account is active.
Do add-ons carry through to my funded account when I pass?
Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage do. For 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations they are preserved through Phase 1, Phase 2 (where applicable), and the funded account, and you do not need to re-purchase anything when you pass. Daily Soft Breach does not carry through — it applies to the evaluation phase only, and once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach on the daily loss limit.
Does Double Leverage change my loss limits?
No. Your daily loss limit (3%) and maximum drawdown (6%) stay the same. Only the buying power changes. This means a smaller adverse price move can now hit your daily limit — manage your position size accordingly.
Where do I select add-ons?
Add-ons appear as checkboxes on the checkout page when you purchase an account. They are also available in the in-app checkout from your trader dashboard.
Tradeify 247 offers three optional paid add-ons that you can attach to any account purchase at checkout. Add-ons modify how your account behaves — raising your profit share, softening daily breaches, or doubling your leverage. They are one-time purchases priced as a percentage uplift on the base account price, and you can combine all three on a single order.
⚠️ Important — Read Before Purchase
- Add-ons can only be selected at checkout. They cannot be added to an existing account after purchase.
- Add-ons cannot be removed from an account once purchased.
- Pricing is shown as a percentage uplift on the base account price. The final total (including any add-ons) is displayed at checkout before payment.
- For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage carry through to the funded phase automatically when you pass. Daily Soft Breach is the exception — it covers the evaluation only.
− - Add-ons are non-refundable. If you reset an evaluation, the reset fee restores your account but does not remove or refund the add-on.
+ - Add-ons are non-refundable and stay with the account for its lifetime. Tradeify 247 has no account resets.
Profit Split 95%
Upgrades your funded-account profit share from the standard 80% to 95% for the life of the account.
Detail | Value
Price | +25% on base account price
Default profit split | 80% trader / 20% Tradeify
With add-on | 95% trader / 5% Tradeify
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
For evaluation accounts (1-Step and 2-Step), the 95% split is reserved during the evaluation phase and applied automatically when you pass and your funded account is provisioned. You do not need to re-purchase the add-on at the funded stage.
Daily Soft Breach
Changes what happens when you hit the daily 3% loss limit during your evaluation. By default, breaching the daily limit is a Hard Breach — the account is closed and trading ends. With the Daily Soft Breach add-on, the same event becomes a Soft Breach — your positions are liquidated, trading is locked for the rest of the day, and the account resumes normally the next trading day. This applies to the evaluation phase only; once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach.
What happens on a Soft Breach
- Daily 3% loss limit is hit.
- Trading is locked for the remainder of the current trading day.
- The account resumes normal trading at the start of the next trading day.
- Your daily loss limit resets as normal at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving).
The account is not closed and the maximum drawdown rule still applies — Soft Breach only changes the daily limit behavior, not the overall account drawdown.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Default behavior | Hard Breach — account closed
With add-on | Soft Breach — locked for the day, resumes tomorrow
Available on | 1-Step and 2-Step evaluation phases only
After you pass | Add-on ends — funded account reverts to Hard Breach
Daily Soft Breach is not available on Instant Funding accounts, which have no evaluation phase. It is also the one add-on that does not carry through to the funded account — it covers the evaluation only. For full details on the daily loss limit and how it is calculated, see our Trading Rules Overview.
Double Leverage
Section: Double Leverage
− Doubles the buying power on your account by halving the margin requirement — letting you open a position twice as large with the same balance. On 1-Step and 2-Step accounts, leverage on BTC, ETH, and PAXG goes from 5:1 to 10:1. On altcoins and tokenized stocks — and on every pair for Instant Funding accounts — leverage goes from 2:1 to 4:1.
+ Doubles the buying power on your account by halving the margin requirement — letting you open a position twice as large with the same balance. On 1-Step and 2-Step accounts, leverage on BTC, ETH, and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL) goes from 5:1 to 10:1. On altcoins, indices, and tokenized stocks — and on every pair for Instant Funding accounts — leverage goes from 2:1 to 4:1.
Detail | Value
Price | +20% on base account price
Effect | Doubles your default buying power on all supported instruments
Available on | Instant Funding, 1-Step, 2-Step
Risk note: Doubling your leverage doubles your potential gains and your potential losses on the same position size. Your daily loss limit and maximum drawdown do not change with this add-on — whatever they are for your account type, they stay the same. Position sizing becomes more important — a smaller adverse move can now breach your daily limit. Use this add-on only if you have a clear risk plan.
Stacking and Pricing
Add-ons can be combined freely on a single order. The uplift percentages stack additively on the base account price.
Add-on | Uplift
Profit Split 95% | +25%
Daily Soft Breach | +20%
Double Leverage | +20%
All three combined | +65%
Example: a base account priced at $100 with all three add-ons selected costs $100 + $65 = $165. The final total is always shown at checkout before you pay.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I add an add-on to an existing account?
No. Add-ons must be selected at checkout when the account is purchased. They cannot be attached to an account that has already been provisioned.
Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
Section: Can I remove or refund an add-on later?
− No. Add-ons are non-refundable and cannot be removed once the account is active. If you reset a failed evaluation, the add-ons stay attached to the reset account.
+ No. Add-ons are non-refundable and cannot be removed once the account is active.
Do add-ons carry through to my funded account when I pass?
Profit Split 95% and Double Leverage do. For 1-Step and 2-Step Evaluations they are preserved through Phase 1, Phase 2 (where applicable), and the funded account, and you do not need to re-purchase anything when you pass. Daily Soft Breach does not carry through — it applies to the evaluation phase only, and once you pass, the funded account uses the standard Hard Breach on the daily loss limit.
Does Double Leverage change my loss limits?
No. Your daily loss limit (3%) and maximum drawdown (6%) stay the same. Only the buying power changes. This means a smaller adverse price move can now hit your daily limit — manage your position size accordingly.
Where do I select add-ons?
Add-ons appear as checkboxes on the checkout page when you purchase an account. They are also available in the in-app checkout from your trader dashboard.
PremierTradeify 247 · Glossary of Key Terms | Tradeify 247APE-X accounts now labeled as legacy in two locations; Instant Funding leverage changed from 2:1 all pairs to 2:1 every symbol; evaluation leverage expanded to include commodities SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
- High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding, APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
Section: Drawdown Terms
− - Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
Section: Payout Terms
− - Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
Section: Trading Rules Terms
− - Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC/ETH/PAXG, 2:1 on altcoins. Instant Funding: 2:1 on all pairs. Tokenized stocks: 2:1 on all account types.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
- Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
After
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
- High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding, APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
Section: Drawdown Terms
+ - Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
Section: Payout Terms
+ - Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X (legacy) Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
Section: Trading Rules Terms
+ - Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding: 2:1 on every symbol.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
- Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
Account Types
- Evaluation Account - A demo trading account used to prove your trading ability. Complete the profit target without breaching drawdown rules to qualify for funding.
- Funded Account (Sim Funded) - A trading account you receive after passing an evaluation or purchasing Instant Funding. You trade with funded capital and keep 80% of your profits.
- Instant Funding Account - A funded account you receive immediately after purchase, with no evaluation required. Uses lower leverage and includes a payout lock mechanism.
Drawdown Terms
- Daily Drawdown (3%) - Your maximum allowed loss per trading day. The daily reference point is your balance snapshot taken at 22:00 UTC each day. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below the snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. Resets daily.
- Max Drawdown (6%) - Your absolute loss floor. If your account equity (balance plus unrealized P&L from open positions) drops below this level at any time, the account is breached immediately. The breach check uses live equity, so an open losing trade can breach the account before you close it. The type of max drawdown depends on your account type (see Static vs Trailing below).
- Static Max Drawdown - Used in 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. The drawdown floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves. Example: $100K account has a floor that is always $94,000, regardless of profits.
- Daily Loss Limit (DLL) - Another name for Daily Drawdown. The DLL is your maximum allowed loss per trading day (3% of account size). If your account equity drops below the daily snapshot minus 3% at any point during the day, the account is breached immediately. Equity includes unrealized P&L from open positions, so an open losing trade can breach the account. Resets daily at 22:00 UTC.
- End-of-Trade Trailing Balance - The max drawdown floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, updating each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, not at end of day), capped at your starting balance. Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts, and by 1-Step evaluations created before March 9, 2026. 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations from March 9, 2026 onward use Static drawdown.
- Trailing Max Drawdown - Used by Instant Funding accounts and by legacy APE-X accounts. The floor rises with your highest closed-trade balance, ratcheting up each time a trade closes at a new high (intraday, per closed trade — not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot), capped at your starting balance. Once the floor reaches your starting balance it stops trailing. The trailing reference moves only on a new closed-trade high (open/unrealized positions do not move it), but the breach check during the day still uses live equity (so an open losing trade can still breach the account against the current floor). Does NOT apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown).
- High-Water Mark (HWM) - The highest closed-trade balance your account has reached, updated intraday each time a trade closes at a new high (not at the 22:00 UTC snapshot). For accounts with a trailing max drawdown (Instant Funding, APE-X), the floor is the high-water mark minus the max-drawdown amount (6% on Instant Funding, 4% on APE-X), capped at your starting balance. Does not apply to 1-Step or 2-Step evaluations (both use Static drawdown where the floor never moves).
Section: Drawdown Terms
− - Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
+ - Payout Lock - Instant Funding and APE-X (legacy) accounts only. When you request your first payout, the max drawdown floor locks at your starting balance permanently. You cannot drop below your original account size after this point. 1-Step Funded and 2-Step Funded accounts do NOT have a payout lock — their floor stays fixed at starting balance minus 6% and a payout does not move it.
- Daily Reference Balance - Your account balance at the 22:00 UTC daily snapshot, based on closed trades only (does not include unrealized P&L from open positions). Used as the reference point for the daily drawdown (DLL) — not for the trailing max drawdown floor, which moves per closed trade. Note: this defines the snapshot value, not the live breach check.
- Drawdown Snapshot - Daily drawdown snapshot is taken once per day at 22:00 UTC. The snapshot itself is based on closed-trade balance only (unrealized P&L from open positions is excluded from the snapshot value). Important: this only defines the daily reference point. The real-time breach check during the day uses live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions.
Evaluation Terms
- Profit Target - The balance gain required to pass an evaluation phase, expressed as a percentage of account size.
- Phase (2-Step) - The 2-Step evaluation has two phases. Phase 1 requires 10% profit, Phase 2 requires 5%.
- KYC Verification - Know Your Customer identity verification, required before your funded account is activated (evaluations) or at the time of purchase (Instant Funding).
- Manual Review - After passing an evaluation, your account undergoes manual review (typically within 24 hours) before funded account activation.
Payout Terms
- Profit Split - You keep 80% of profits, Tradeify retains 20%.
Section: Payout Terms
− - Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
+ - Consistency Score - Applies to Instant Funding (20%) and APE-X (legacy) Funded (40%) accounts. No single winning day can account for more than that share of your total profits. Required for payout eligibility. 1-Step and 2-Step accounts have no consistency requirement.
- Minimum Payout - $100 minimum withdrawal.
- Profitable Days Before Payout (also called the minimum trading-day requirement) - 2-Step Funded accounts require 3 profitable days before first payout. 1-Step Funded accounts have no minimum trading or profitable days. Instant Funding has no fixed count, but its 20% Consistency Score means at least 5 profitable days in practice.
- Profitable Day - Any trading day where your account gains 0.5% or more of the account size (the day resets at 22:00 UTC).
Trading Rules Terms
Section: Trading Rules Terms
− - Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC/ETH/PAXG, 2:1 on altcoins. Instant Funding: 2:1 on all pairs. Tokenized stocks: 2:1 on all account types.
+ - Leverage - Evaluations: 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding: 2:1 on every symbol.
- Microscalping - Trades held less than 20 seconds. Prohibited.
- Hedging - Holding opposing positions on the same instrument. Prohibited, including between accounts owned by different users.
- Copy Trading - Allowed. You may use copy trading services or software to mirror trades to your account. Your own trading bots are also allowed if you own them. Shared bots and automated signal execution services that you do not own are not permitted.
- Trading Fees / Commissions - A 0.04% commission applies to all cryptocurrency trades, calculated on the notional position value. For example, a $10,000 position incurs a $4 commission. The commission is charged on both the opening and closing of a trade.
A fixed 0.033% Swap/Funding Fee per day also applies to open positions on all accounts, charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends.
- Margin Level - A measure of how much of your account's margin is in use. Calculated as (Equity / Used Margin) x 100. A higher margin level means more room before a margin call. Displayed in the DXTrade account summary panel, or in the Trade panel on MT5.
- Payout Lock Floor / Buffer - After the payout lock activates on an Instant Funding or APE-X account, the "floor" is your starting balance (the level you cannot drop below). Your "buffer" is how much balance you have above the floor. Example: $50K account with $51K balance after payout = $1K buffer.
- Realized vs Unrealized P&L - Realized P&L is profit or loss from closed trades. Unrealized P&L is profit or loss from open positions that have not yet been closed. The consistency score tracks realized profits only. Drawdown breach checks (both Daily Loss Limit and Max Drawdown) use your live account equity, which DOES include unrealized P&L from open positions — if an open losing trade pushes your equity below the floor, the account is breached immediately. The daily snapshot and HWM trailing reference points are calculated on closed-trade balance only, but the real-time breach check is not.
- Tokenized Stock - A synthetic instrument that tracks the price of an equity (e.g., AAPL, TSLA, NVDA). Not a real share — no ownership, dividends, or voting. Trades 24/7 at 2:1 leverage on DXTrade or MT5, priced off Hyperliquid.
PremierTradeify 247 · Tradeify 247 FAQ | Tradeify 247Article expanded asset classes from crypto-only to include tokenized stocks (30 to 40), commodities, and indices; MetaTrader 5 platform added; overnight position rule clarified.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Find answers to the most commonly asked questions about Tradeify 247.
General Questions
Q: What is Tradeify 247?
Section: General Questions
− A: Tradeify 247 is a proprietary trading program where you trade cryptocurrency with funded capital. Pass an evaluation or choose Instant Funding, then keep 80% of the profits you generate.
Q: Is this real money trading?
A: You trade on simulated accounts, but your payouts are real money. When you request a payout, you receive actual funds via Rise or cryptocurrency.
Q: Who runs Tradeify 247?
A: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto program, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures Prop, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO.
Q: Is there a free demo or practice account? / Can I try before buying?
A: A non-tradable demo account is coming soon. Currently, evaluation accounts serve as the practice environment — they use simulated capital, not real money. Start with a $10,000 2-Step Evaluation ($100) to test the platform and your strategy at the lowest cost.
Q: How do I get started? / How do I create an account?
− A: Getting started is simple: 1) Visit tradeify247.co and choose your account type and size. 2) Complete payment (card or crypto). 3) For Instant Funding accounts, complete KYC verification. 4) Receive your DXTrade credentials via email (check your spam folder) — they are also available on your dashboard. 5) Log in at dx.tradeify247.co and start trading. Note: Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures use completely separate credentials.
Account Questions
Q: What is the minimum age to open an account?
A: You must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This applies to all account types.
Q: What account sizes are available?
A: We offer four account sizes: $10,000, $25,000, $50,000, and $100,000. All account types are available in every size.
Q: Can I have multiple accounts?
A: Yes. There is no limit on how many evaluation accounts you can buy or hold. Funded accounts are capped at $300,000 in combined account size — for example, three $100,000 funded accounts. One exception: the 3-Step Promotional Plan is limited to one account per customer and cannot be purchased more than once.
Q: Can I have both crypto and futures accounts? / Are the limits separate?
A: Yes. Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures are completely separate programs with independent account limits. Tradeify Futures accounts do not count toward your Tradeify 247 funded allocation. Each program has its own dashboard, credentials, and support. Having accounts in both programs is fully allowed.
Q: Can I switch between account types?
A: No, once you purchase an account type (2-Step, 1-Step, or Instant Funding), you cannot change it.
Q: What happens if my account is closed?
1. Complete KYC — Settings > Identity Verification
2. Enable 2FA — Settings > Security > Set 2FA (scan the QR code with an authenticator app, then enter the 6-digit code)
3. Sign your contract — Contracts > open the pending document > click Sign
Once all three are done, your account exits close-only and trading is enabled automatically.
Q: I get "Two-Factor Authentication is required" when I try to sign the contract. What do I do?
A: 2FA is not enabled yet. Go to Settings > Security > Set 2FA first, then return to Contracts to sign.
Q: I don't want to use Google Authenticator on my phone, or someone else's account is already in the app on my phone.
A: You can install an authenticator app on your desktop instead — search "authenticator app for PC". You can also add multiple accounts inside Google Authenticator side-by-side without removing existing ones — tap the "+" button to add a new entry. Adding a Tradeify entry will not affect your phone or any other app already in your authenticator.
Q: Do evaluation accounts (1-Step, 2-Step, APE-X) need this setup before trading?
A: No. Evaluation accounts can trade immediately after purchase. You only need to complete KYC, 2FA, and contract signing once you pass and your account becomes funded.
Trading Questions
Q: What cryptocurrencies can I trade?
Section: Trading Questions
− A: 100+ cryptocurrency pairs including BTC, ETH, SOL, DOGE, XRP, and many more altcoins. We also offer 30 tokenized stocks (Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, and more) — see the question below.
Q: Do you offer stocks? / Can I trade tokenized stocks like AAPL, TSLA, or NVDA?
− A: Yes. Tradeify 247 offers 30 tokenized stocks (including Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, Microsoft, and Coinbase) on DXTrade. They are synthetic price-tracking instruments — not real shares, with no dividends or voting rights. All trade at 2:1 leverage, 24/7, with the same 0.04% commission as crypto pairs. See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What is the leverage?
− A: Evaluation accounts get 5:1 leverage on BTC/ETH/PAXG and 2:1 on altcoins. Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on all pairs. Tokenized stocks trade at 2:1 leverage on all account types.
Q: Can I use trading bots?
A: Yes, as long as you own the bot. Copy trading is also allowed. Shared bots and signal services that auto-execute trades (that you do not own) are not allowed.
Q: Can I hold positions overnight?
− A: Yes, cryptocurrency markets trade 24/7. You can hold positions as long as you want. Note: if you carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact — closing part of it before the 22:00 UTC reset and carrying the rest overnight is not allowed.
Q: Why is there a 20-second minimum hold time?
A: The microscalping rule prevents high-frequency strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
Q: What are the trading fees? / What is the commission? / How much are the fees?
A: All cryptocurrency pairs have a 0.04% trading fee (commission) per trade, calculated on the notional value of your position. The fee is charged on both opening and closing a trade (round trip = double). Open positions also carry a fixed 0.033% per day Swap/Funding Fee (see the next question). There are no other hidden or recurring fees.
Q: Are there swap fees, overnight fees, or holding costs?
A: Yes. A fixed Swap/Funding Fee of 0.033% of position value per day applies to open positions on all Tradeify 247 accounts. It is charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends. It shows as "Swap" on the position in DXTrade and is a real charge deducted from your account, not an estimate. Example: a $10,000 position held through one daily reset costs about $3.30 in swap; a 0.5 BTC position at $84,000 (about $42,000 notional) costs about $13.86 per day. This is in addition to the 0.04% commission charged on opening and closing each trade. You can still hold positions for as long as you want.
Q: How much is the commission in dollars?
A: Here are some examples at 0.04% per trade: 0.01 BTC (~$1,000 notional) = $0.40 per trade. 0.1 BTC (~$10,000 notional) = $4.00 per trade. 1 BTC (~$100,000 notional) = $40.00 per trade. Remember, the fee applies on both open and close, so the round-trip cost is double these amounts.
Payout Questions
Q: What is the profit split?
A: 80% to you, 20% retained by Tradeify.
Q: How often can I request payouts?
Q: My account was breached but I didn't take any losses — why?
A: The most common reason is inactivity. If 30 consecutive days pass without you placing a trade, the account is closed and marked as breached even though you never lost money. Check your email for an Account Inactivity Warning — we send one at 28 days of inactivity giving you 48 hours to place a trade. The other possibility is a drawdown breach from an open position: the daily loss limit and max drawdown are checked against live equity, so an unrealized loss can breach the account even if you never closed the trade at a loss. If neither of those fits your account, ask for a human agent in the chat and include your account number so the team can check the exact breach trigger for you.
Q: Is hedging allowed?
A: No, hedging is not allowed. You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts (e.g., going long BTC in one account and short BTC in another).
Q: Is there an inactivity policy?
A: Yes. If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity — it cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. You are warned first: at 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning giving you 48 hours to place at least one trade. Place a trade in that window and nothing happens to your account. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Q: When does the trading day reset? / What time does the trading day roll over?
A: The trading day resets at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) every day, including weekends. At this time, the daily loss limit resets, a closing-balance snapshot is taken for the daily loss limit, and a new trading day begins for consistency score calculations. (The max drawdown on Instant Funding and APE-X is separate — it trails per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.) Even though crypto markets trade 24/7, the 22:00 UTC daily reset still applies.
Q: Do partial closes count as extra trading days? / Can I split a position to add trading days?
A: No. For a trading day to count, the entire position must be fully closed — a position stays active until all remaining volume is closed, so closing part of a position before the 22:00 UTC reset and the rest after still counts as one trading day. Partial closes may not be used to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements. See the Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Platform Questions
Q: What trading platform do you use?
Section: Platform Questions
− A: DXTrade - available as web platform and desktop application. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app is coming soon.
Q: How do I get my login credentials?
− A: You'll receive your DXTrade credentials via email after your purchase is confirmed.
Q: What if I forgot my password?
A: Contact support and we'll help you reset your credentials after verifying your identity.
Q: Can I use MetaTrader 5 (MT5)? / Can I use TradingView? / What platforms can I use?
A: MetaTrader 5 is supported. You can trade on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 — you choose your platform at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to traders in the United States, who can use DXTrade. MetaTrader 4 is not supported. TradingView integration is coming soon. DXTrade offers web, desktop, and a mobile app coming soon for iOS and Android.
Q: Is mobile trading available? / Can I trade on my phone?
− A: A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon. You can currently access DXTrade through your mobile web browser. Important: The DXTrade app on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store does not work with Tradeify credentials.
Age & Eligibility
Q: Do I need to be 18 to trade? / What is the minimum age? / Can minors trade?
A: Yes, you must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This is a legal requirement and applies to all account types (2-Step, 1-Step, and Instant Funding).
Q: Can my mom or dad open an account for me? / Can a parent open an account on behalf of a minor?
A: No. The account holder must be the person who trades it. A parent or guardian cannot open an account on behalf of someone under 18. The person whose name is on the account must be the one trading, and they must pass KYC verification with their own valid government-issued ID.
Q: Can I open an account now while I'm 17 and get paid once I'm 18?
A: No. You must be 18 at the time of account creation. Accounts created by anyone under 18 violate the Terms of Service and may be terminated without payout.
Q: Can I share my account with someone else? / Can someone else trade my account?
A: No. Account sharing is strictly prohibited. Only the verified account holder may trade their account. If we detect account sharing, the account may be closed.
Q: Can I gift someone an account? / Can I buy an account for a friend?
Section: Age & Eligibility
− A: You can purchase an account as a gift, but the recipient must create their own profile, pass KYC verification, and be at least 18 years old. The person whose name is on the account is the only one who can trade it and receive payouts.
Q: Which countries are restricted? / Is Tradeify 247 available in my country?
− A: Tradeify 247 is available in most countries worldwide. However, the following 29 countries are restricted and cannot purchase accounts:
− Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
If your country is not on this list, you are eligible to sign up.
Wallets & Payments
Q: Do I need a MetaMask wallet to trade? / Do I need a crypto wallet for Tradeify?
Section: Wallets & Payments
− A: No. You do not need MetaMask or any crypto wallet to trade on Tradeify. All trading happens on the DXTrade platform (web, desktop, or mobile app). A crypto wallet is only needed if you choose to receive payouts in cryptocurrency.
Q: Can I connect my Bybit wallet or Bitget wallet to Tradeify?
− A: You don't connect external wallets to Tradeify for trading. Trading happens on DXTrade. However, when requesting a crypto payout through Rise, you can provide any valid wallet address — including Bybit, Bitget, Coinbase, MetaMask, or any wallet that supports the token and network you choose.
Q: Can I receive payouts in ETH? / Can I get paid in DOGE? / What specific cryptocurrencies can I receive payouts in?
A: Yes! Crypto payouts are processed through Rise (riseworks.io), which supports 100+ digital assets including BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more. Rise supports multiple networks including Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, and Avalanche, so you can choose the token and network that works best for you.
Q: Can I receive payouts to my bank account?
− A: Yes. Bank payouts are available through Rise (direct bank transfer, available in most countries). Payouts are typically processed within 1-2 business days. You can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal.
Q: Can I pay for my account with crypto? / Can I buy with BTC? / What payment methods are accepted?
− A: Yes! You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using credit/debit card (Visa, Mastercard, American Express), PayPal, or cryptocurrency (multiple coins accepted). Card and PayPal payments process instantly. Crypto payments process after network confirmation. You'll receive your DXTrade credentials via email after payment is confirmed.
Q: Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay? / Can I buy an account with my dad’s or mom’s card?
A: No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
Q: Can I use my payout to pay for new accounts? / Can I reinvest my payouts?
A: Yes. Once you receive your payout, the funds are yours to use however you like — including purchasing new Tradeify accounts. There's no restriction on using payout funds for new account purchases.
Q: Does Tradeify charge fees on payouts?
A: Tradeify does not charge fees on payouts. However, third-party providers (Rise or blockchain networks) may have their own processing or network fees depending on the method and currency you choose.
Trading Policies
Q: Can I trade during news events? / Is news trading allowed?
A: Yes, news trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. There are no restrictions on trading during high-impact news events. However, remember that all standard rules still apply (daily drawdown, max drawdown, 20-second minimum hold time), and crypto markets can be especially volatile during major news.
Q: What type of trading does Tradeify offer? / Is this perpetual contract trading? / Is this CFD trading?
Section: Trading Policies
− A: Tradeify 247 offers USD-margined crypto pair trading on DXTrade. Symbols display as BTC/USD, ETH/USD, etc. This is not CFD trading, perpetual futures, or exchange-based trading — you trade crypto price movements without owning the underlying asset. Leverage is 2x on all pairs for Instant Funding accounts, and 5x on BTC/ETH/PAXG + 2x on all other pairs for 1-Step and 2-Step evaluations. Pricing and execution are powered by institutional liquidity aggregation via partners like Gold-i, with underlying liquidity sourced from major exchanges such as Binance, OKX, and Bybit — our symbols are mapped to the highest-liquidity pairs on these exchanges (typically USDT-denominated). TradingView tip: for external charting and analysis, reference USDT pairs on Binance (e.g., BTCUSDT) as they typically have the best liquidity and match what our symbols track. We also offer tokenized stocks — synthetic instruments tracking equities like Apple, Tesla, and Nvidia, priced off Hyperliquid and trading 24/7 at 2:1 leverage (not real shares; no dividends or voting). See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What are the trading hours?
A: Crypto markets are open 24/7, and you can trade anytime. There are no restricted trading windows. You can also hold positions overnight and over weekends.
Q: Can I reset my account? / Can I reset my friend's account?
A: There is no account reset feature. If your account is closed due to a rule breach, you'll need to purchase a new account to start again. You cannot reset or restore a breached account, whether it's yours or someone else's.
Q: What if I lose internet connection during a trade?
A: If you lose internet connectivity, your open positions remain active on the server. Set stop-loss orders before entering trades to protect yourself from unexpected disconnections. You can also access DXTrade through your mobile web browser as a backup to manage positions if your primary connection goes down.
Q: Is copy trading allowed? / Can I use copy trading software? / What does "own the service" mean?
A: Yes, copy trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. "Own the service yourself" means you have exclusive ownership or a personal license for the tool. Allowed: your own custom bot, a trade copier between your own accounts, or purchased software that you exclusively license. NOT allowed: shared bots running the same signals for many traders, or signal subscription services that auto-execute trades on your behalf. If you are the only one using it, it is generally allowed. One exception: on the 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
Q: Can I use a VPN or VPS? / Are VPNs and VPS allowed?
A: Yes. VPNs and VPS are allowed and can help with connection stability and execution speed. Your account must remain personal — VPN/VPS cannot be used to mask account sharing or group trading. If we detect multiple logins from different IP addresses or shared IP usage with other users, we may request additional verification: proof of your VPN/VPS setup, a short verification interview, or other ownership checks. See Trading Rules Overview for the full policy.
Trust & Legitimacy
Q: Is Tradeify 247 a scam? / Is this legit? / Is Tradeify 247 legitimate?
A: That's a fair question — the prop trading space has its share of bad actors, so it's smart to do your due diligence. Here are the facts: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto brand, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the named founder and CEO. Payouts are processed through Rise, an established payment platform. You trade on simulated accounts, but payout money is real. Check the community Discord and social media channels to see real trader experiences and payout confirmations.
Q: Has anyone actually been paid? / Are the payouts real?
A: Yes. Tradeify processes real payouts through Rise (crypto and bank transfers). You can find payout confirmations shared by traders in the Discord community. Payouts are on-demand with a $100 minimum once you meet the requirements (KYC verification and consistency score for Instant Funding).
Q: Is my money safe? / What happens to my purchase if Tradeify shuts down?
A: Your account purchase gives you access to a simulated trading account. Tradeify has been operating since the launch of Tradeify Futures and has a track record of paying traders. As with any prop firm, you're purchasing access to a funded account program — the risk is limited to your account purchase price. Earned payouts are processed through Rise, not held by Tradeify.
Q: Is Tradeify 247 the same as Tradeify Futures?
Section: Trust & Legitimacy
− A: Yes — Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures are both Tradeify brands, from the same company and team, led by founder and CEO Brett Simberkoff. Tradeify Futures focuses on futures markets, while Tradeify 247 focuses on cryptocurrency trading. Both share the same commitment to paying traders and maintaining fair rules.
Q: What is the difference between Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures?
− A: They are separate programs from the same company. Key differences: Platform — Crypto uses DXTrade, Futures uses Tradovate. Trading hours — Crypto is 24/7, Futures follows CME session hours. Profit split — Crypto is 80/20, Futures is 90/10. Position sizing — Crypto uses lot sizes, Futures uses mini/micro contracts. Credentials — Completely separate logins and dashboards. Allocation — Counted independently per program; Tradeify 247 caps funded accounts at $300,000 combined, with no limit on evaluations except the 3-Step Promotional Plan, which is one per customer.
Promotions & Free Accounts
Q: Can I get a free account? / I'm a friend of someone at Tradeify, can I get free accounts?
A: Tradeify does not offer free accounts on request, regardless of personal connections. All traders purchase their accounts through the standard process to ensure fairness for everyone.
Q: Where can I find discount codes? / Are there any promotions?
A: Discount codes and promotions are shared through official Tradeify channels — the website, Discord announcements, email newsletters, and social media. Keep an eye on these channels for special offers. Be cautious of discount codes from unofficial sources.
After
Find answers to the most commonly asked questions about Tradeify 247.
General Questions
Q: What is Tradeify 247?
Section: General Questions
+ A: Tradeify 247 is a proprietary trading program where you trade crypto, tokenized stocks, commodities, and indices with funded capital. Pass an evaluation or choose Instant Funding, then keep 80% of the profits you generate.
Q: Is this real money trading?
A: You trade on simulated accounts, but your payouts are real money. When you request a payout, you receive actual funds via Rise or cryptocurrency.
Q: Who runs Tradeify 247?
A: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto program, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures Prop, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO.
Q: Is there a free demo or practice account? / Can I try before buying?
A: A non-tradable demo account is coming soon. Currently, evaluation accounts serve as the practice environment — they use simulated capital, not real money. Start with a $10,000 2-Step Evaluation ($100) to test the platform and your strategy at the lowest cost.
Q: How do I get started? / How do I create an account?
+ A: Getting started is simple: 1) Visit tradeify247.co and choose your account type and size. 2) Complete payment (card or crypto). 3) For Instant Funding accounts, complete KYC verification. 4) Receive your platform credentials (DXTrade or MetaTrader 5) via email (check your spam folder) — they are also available on your dashboard. 5) Log in to DXTrade at dx.tradeify247.co, or to MetaTrader 5 (outside the US) with your MT5 credentials and server, and start trading. Note: Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures use completely separate credentials.
Account Questions
Q: What is the minimum age to open an account?
A: You must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This applies to all account types.
Q: What account sizes are available?
A: We offer four account sizes: $10,000, $25,000, $50,000, and $100,000. All account types are available in every size.
Q: Can I have multiple accounts?
A: Yes. There is no limit on how many evaluation accounts you can buy or hold. Funded accounts are capped at $300,000 in combined account size — for example, three $100,000 funded accounts. One exception: the 3-Step Promotional Plan is limited to one account per customer and cannot be purchased more than once.
Q: Can I have both crypto and futures accounts? / Are the limits separate?
A: Yes. Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures are completely separate programs with independent account limits. Tradeify Futures accounts do not count toward your Tradeify 247 funded allocation. Each program has its own dashboard, credentials, and support. Having accounts in both programs is fully allowed.
Q: Can I switch between account types?
A: No, once you purchase an account type (2-Step, 1-Step, or Instant Funding), you cannot change it.
Q: What happens if my account is closed?
1. Complete KYC — Settings > Identity Verification
2. Enable 2FA — Settings > Security > Set 2FA (scan the QR code with an authenticator app, then enter the 6-digit code)
3. Sign your contract — Contracts > open the pending document > click Sign
Once all three are done, your account exits close-only and trading is enabled automatically.
Q: I get "Two-Factor Authentication is required" when I try to sign the contract. What do I do?
A: 2FA is not enabled yet. Go to Settings > Security > Set 2FA first, then return to Contracts to sign.
Q: I don't want to use Google Authenticator on my phone, or someone else's account is already in the app on my phone.
A: You can install an authenticator app on your desktop instead — search "authenticator app for PC". You can also add multiple accounts inside Google Authenticator side-by-side without removing existing ones — tap the "+" button to add a new entry. Adding a Tradeify entry will not affect your phone or any other app already in your authenticator.
Q: Do evaluation accounts (1-Step, 2-Step, APE-X) need this setup before trading?
A: No. Evaluation accounts can trade immediately after purchase. You only need to complete KYC, 2FA, and contract signing once you pass and your account becomes funded.
Trading Questions
Q: What cryptocurrencies can I trade?
Section: Trading Questions
+ A: 100+ cryptocurrency pairs including BTC, ETH, SOL, DOGE, XRP, and many more altcoins. We also offer 40 tokenized stocks (Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, and more), commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL), and indices (XYZ100, SP500) — see the questions below.
Q: Do you offer stocks? / Can I trade tokenized stocks like AAPL, TSLA, or NVDA?
+ A: Yes. Tradeify 247 offers 40 tokenized stocks (including Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, Microsoft, and Coinbase) on DXTrade and MetaTrader 5. They are synthetic price-tracking instruments — not real shares, with no dividends or voting rights. All trade at 2:1 leverage, 24/7, with the same 0.04% commission as crypto pairs. See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What is the leverage?
+ A: Evaluation accounts (2-Step and 1-Step) get 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on every symbol.
Q: Can I use trading bots?
A: Yes, as long as you own the bot. Copy trading is also allowed. Shared bots and signal services that auto-execute trades (that you do not own) are not allowed.
Q: Can I hold positions overnight?
+ A: Yes, cryptocurrency markets trade 24/7. You can hold positions as long as you want. Note: a position stays active until all of its volume is closed, so closing part of it before the 22:00 UTC reset and the rest after counts as one trading day, not two.
Q: Why is there a 20-second minimum hold time?
A: The microscalping rule prevents high-frequency strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
Q: What are the trading fees? / What is the commission? / How much are the fees?
A: All cryptocurrency pairs have a 0.04% trading fee (commission) per trade, calculated on the notional value of your position. The fee is charged on both opening and closing a trade (round trip = double). Open positions also carry a fixed 0.033% per day Swap/Funding Fee (see the next question). There are no other hidden or recurring fees.
Q: Are there swap fees, overnight fees, or holding costs?
A: Yes. A fixed Swap/Funding Fee of 0.033% of position value per day applies to open positions on all Tradeify 247 accounts. It is charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends. It shows as "Swap" on the position in DXTrade and is a real charge deducted from your account, not an estimate. Example: a $10,000 position held through one daily reset costs about $3.30 in swap; a 0.5 BTC position at $84,000 (about $42,000 notional) costs about $13.86 per day. This is in addition to the 0.04% commission charged on opening and closing each trade. You can still hold positions for as long as you want.
Q: How much is the commission in dollars?
A: Here are some examples at 0.04% per trade: 0.01 BTC (~$1,000 notional) = $0.40 per trade. 0.1 BTC (~$10,000 notional) = $4.00 per trade. 1 BTC (~$100,000 notional) = $40.00 per trade. Remember, the fee applies on both open and close, so the round-trip cost is double these amounts.
Payout Questions
Q: What is the profit split?
A: 80% to you, 20% retained by Tradeify.
Q: How often can I request payouts?
Q: My account was breached but I didn't take any losses — why?
A: The most common reason is inactivity. If 30 consecutive days pass without you placing a trade, the account is closed and marked as breached even though you never lost money. Check your email for an Account Inactivity Warning — we send one at 28 days of inactivity giving you 48 hours to place a trade. The other possibility is a drawdown breach from an open position: the daily loss limit and max drawdown are checked against live equity, so an unrealized loss can breach the account even if you never closed the trade at a loss. If neither of those fits your account, ask for a human agent in the chat and include your account number so the team can check the exact breach trigger for you.
Q: Is hedging allowed?
A: No, hedging is not allowed. You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts (e.g., going long BTC in one account and short BTC in another).
Q: Is there an inactivity policy?
A: Yes. If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity — it cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. You are warned first: at 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning giving you 48 hours to place at least one trade. Place a trade in that window and nothing happens to your account. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Q: When does the trading day reset? / What time does the trading day roll over?
A: The trading day resets at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) every day, including weekends. At this time, the daily loss limit resets, a closing-balance snapshot is taken for the daily loss limit, and a new trading day begins for consistency score calculations. (The max drawdown on Instant Funding and APE-X is separate — it trails per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.) Even though crypto markets trade 24/7, the 22:00 UTC daily reset still applies.
Q: Do partial closes count as extra trading days? / Can I split a position to add trading days?
A: No. For a trading day to count, the entire position must be fully closed — a position stays active until all remaining volume is closed, so closing part of a position before the 22:00 UTC reset and the rest after still counts as one trading day. Partial closes may not be used to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements. See the Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Platform Questions
Q: What trading platform do you use?
Section: Platform Questions
+ A: DXTrade (web and desktop) and MetaTrader 5 (desktop, web, and the official MT5 mobile app). MetaTrader 5 is not available to traders in the United States.
Q: How do I get my login credentials?
+ A: You'll receive your platform credentials (DXTrade or MetaTrader 5) via email after your purchase is confirmed. They are also shown on your dashboard.
Q: What if I forgot my password?
A: Contact support and we'll help you reset your credentials after verifying your identity.
Q: Can I use MetaTrader 5 (MT5)? / Can I use TradingView? / What platforms can I use?
A: MetaTrader 5 is supported. You can trade on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 — you choose your platform at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to traders in the United States, who can use DXTrade. MetaTrader 4 is not supported. TradingView integration is coming soon. DXTrade offers web, desktop, and a mobile app coming soon for iOS and Android.
Q: Is mobile trading available? / Can I trade on my phone?
+ A: On MetaTrader 5, use the official MT5 app for iOS or Android with your Tradeify MT5 credentials. On DXTrade, use your mobile web browser. Important: The DXTrade app on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store does not work with Tradeify credentials.
Age & Eligibility
Q: Do I need to be 18 to trade? / What is the minimum age? / Can minors trade?
A: Yes, you must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This is a legal requirement and applies to all account types (2-Step, 1-Step, and Instant Funding).
Q: Can my mom or dad open an account for me? / Can a parent open an account on behalf of a minor?
A: No. The account holder must be the person who trades it. A parent or guardian cannot open an account on behalf of someone under 18. The person whose name is on the account must be the one trading, and they must pass KYC verification with their own valid government-issued ID.
Q: Can I open an account now while I'm 17 and get paid once I'm 18?
A: No. You must be 18 at the time of account creation. Accounts created by anyone under 18 violate the Terms of Service and may be terminated without payout.
Q: Can I share my account with someone else? / Can someone else trade my account?
A: No. Account sharing is strictly prohibited. Only the verified account holder may trade their account. If we detect account sharing, the account may be closed.
Q: Can I gift someone an account? / Can I buy an account for a friend?
Section: Age & Eligibility
+ A: No. Every purchase must be made by the account holder, in their own name, with a payment method in their own name. Accounts cannot be bought for, gifted to, or transferred to someone else. If a friend wants to help, they can send you the money so you can buy the account yourself.
Q: Which countries are restricted? / Is Tradeify 247 available in my country?
+ A: Tradeify 247 is available in most countries worldwide. However, the following 28 countries are restricted and cannot purchase accounts:
+ Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
If your country is not on this list, you are eligible to sign up.
Wallets & Payments
Q: Do I need a MetaMask wallet to trade? / Do I need a crypto wallet for Tradeify?
Section: Wallets & Payments
+ A: No. You do not need MetaMask or any crypto wallet to trade on Tradeify. All trading happens on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5. A crypto wallet is only needed if you choose to receive payouts in cryptocurrency.
Q: Can I connect my Bybit wallet or Bitget wallet to Tradeify?
+ A: You don't connect external wallets to Tradeify for trading. Trading happens on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5. However, when requesting a crypto payout through Rise, you can provide any valid wallet address — including Bybit, Bitget, Coinbase, MetaMask, or any wallet that supports the token and network you choose.
Q: Can I receive payouts in ETH? / Can I get paid in DOGE? / What specific cryptocurrencies can I receive payouts in?
A: Yes! Crypto payouts are processed through Rise (riseworks.io), which supports 100+ digital assets including BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more. Rise supports multiple networks including Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, and Avalanche, so you can choose the token and network that works best for you.
Q: Can I receive payouts to my bank account?
+ A: Yes. Bank payouts are available through Rise (direct bank transfer, available in most countries). Eligible payouts are processed within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee. You can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal.
Q: Can I pay for my account with crypto? / Can I buy with BTC? / What payment methods are accepted?
+ A: Yes! You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using credit/debit card (Visa or Mastercard) or cryptocurrency (multiple coins accepted). Card payments process instantly. Crypto payments process after network confirmation. You'll receive your platform credentials via email after payment is confirmed.
Q: Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay? / Can I buy an account with my dad’s or mom’s card?
A: No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
Q: Can I use my payout to pay for new accounts? / Can I reinvest my payouts?
A: Yes. Once you receive your payout, the funds are yours to use however you like — including purchasing new Tradeify accounts. There's no restriction on using payout funds for new account purchases.
Q: Does Tradeify charge fees on payouts?
A: Tradeify does not charge fees on payouts. However, third-party providers (Rise or blockchain networks) may have their own processing or network fees depending on the method and currency you choose.
Trading Policies
Q: Can I trade during news events? / Is news trading allowed?
A: Yes, news trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. There are no restrictions on trading during high-impact news events. However, remember that all standard rules still apply (daily drawdown, max drawdown, 20-second minimum hold time), and crypto markets can be especially volatile during major news.
Q: What type of trading does Tradeify offer? / Is this perpetual contract trading? / Is this CFD trading?
Section: Trading Policies
+ A: Tradeify 247 offers USD-margined crypto pair trading on DXTrade. Symbols display as BTC/USD, ETH/USD, etc. This is not CFD trading, perpetual futures, or exchange-based trading — you trade crypto price movements without owning the underlying asset. Leverage is 2x on all pairs for Instant Funding accounts, and 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks for 1-Step and 2-Step evaluations. Pricing and execution are powered by institutional liquidity aggregation via partners like Gold-i, with underlying liquidity sourced from major exchanges such as Binance, OKX, and Bybit — our symbols are mapped to the highest-liquidity pairs on these exchanges (typically USDT-denominated). TradingView tip: for external charting and analysis, reference USDT pairs on Binance (e.g., BTCUSDT) as they typically have the best liquidity and match what our symbols track. We also offer tokenized stocks — synthetic instruments tracking equities like Apple, Tesla, and Nvidia, priced off Hyperliquid and trading 24/7 at 2:1 leverage (not real shares; no dividends or voting). See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What are the trading hours?
A: Crypto markets are open 24/7, and you can trade anytime. There are no restricted trading windows. You can also hold positions overnight and over weekends.
Q: Can I reset my account? / Can I reset my friend's account?
A: There is no account reset feature. If your account is closed due to a rule breach, you'll need to purchase a new account to start again. You cannot reset or restore a breached account, whether it's yours or someone else's.
Q: What if I lose internet connection during a trade?
A: If you lose internet connectivity, your open positions remain active on the server. Set stop-loss orders before entering trades to protect yourself from unexpected disconnections. You can also access DXTrade through your mobile web browser as a backup to manage positions if your primary connection goes down.
Q: Is copy trading allowed? / Can I use copy trading software? / What does "own the service" mean?
A: Yes, copy trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. "Own the service yourself" means you have exclusive ownership or a personal license for the tool. Allowed: your own custom bot, a trade copier between your own accounts, or purchased software that you exclusively license. NOT allowed: shared bots running the same signals for many traders, or signal subscription services that auto-execute trades on your behalf. If you are the only one using it, it is generally allowed. One exception: on the 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
Q: Can I use a VPN or VPS? / Are VPNs and VPS allowed?
A: Yes. VPNs and VPS are allowed and can help with connection stability and execution speed. Your account must remain personal — VPN/VPS cannot be used to mask account sharing or group trading. If we detect multiple logins from different IP addresses or shared IP usage with other users, we may request additional verification: proof of your VPN/VPS setup, a short verification interview, or other ownership checks. See Trading Rules Overview for the full policy.
Trust & Legitimacy
Q: Is Tradeify 247 a scam? / Is this legit? / Is Tradeify 247 legitimate?
A: That's a fair question — the prop trading space has its share of bad actors, so it's smart to do your due diligence. Here are the facts: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto brand, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the named founder and CEO. Payouts are processed through Rise, an established payment platform. You trade on simulated accounts, but payout money is real. Check the community Discord and social media channels to see real trader experiences and payout confirmations.
Q: Has anyone actually been paid? / Are the payouts real?
A: Yes. Tradeify processes real payouts through Rise (crypto and bank transfers). You can find payout confirmations shared by traders in the Discord community. Payouts are on-demand with a $100 minimum once you meet the requirements (KYC verification and consistency score for Instant Funding).
Q: Is my money safe? / What happens to my purchase if Tradeify shuts down?
A: Your account purchase gives you access to a simulated trading account. Tradeify has been operating since the launch of Tradeify Futures and has a track record of paying traders. As with any prop firm, you're purchasing access to a funded account program — the risk is limited to your account purchase price. Earned payouts are processed through Rise, not held by Tradeify.
Q: Is Tradeify 247 the same as Tradeify Futures?
Section: Trust & Legitimacy
+ A: No — they are separate programs with separate rules, accounts, and support, although both are Tradeify brands from the same company and team, led by founder and CEO Brett Simberkoff. Tradeify Futures focuses on futures markets, while Tradeify 247 focuses on markets that trade around the clock, such as crypto. Both share the same commitment to paying traders and maintaining fair rules.
Q: What is the difference between Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures?
+ A: They are separate programs from the same company. Key differences: Platform — Tradeify 247 uses DXTrade or MetaTrader 5; Futures uses Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Trading hours — Tradeify 247 is 24/7, Futures follows CME session hours. Profit split — Tradeify 247 is 80/20, Futures is 90/10. Position sizing — Tradeify 247 uses lot sizes, Futures uses mini/micro contracts. Credentials — Completely separate logins and dashboards. Allocation — Counted independently per program; Tradeify 247 caps funded accounts at $300,000 combined, with no limit on evaluations except the 3-Step Promotional Plan, which is one per customer.
Promotions & Free Accounts
Q: Can I get a free account? / I'm a friend of someone at Tradeify, can I get free accounts?
A: Tradeify does not offer free accounts on request, regardless of personal connections. All traders purchase their accounts through the standard process to ensure fairness for everyone.
Q: Where can I find discount codes? / Are there any promotions?
A: Discount codes and promotions are shared through official Tradeify channels — the website, Discord announcements, email newsletters, and social media. Keep an eye on these channels for special offers. Be cautious of discount codes from unofficial sources.
Find answers to the most commonly asked questions about Tradeify 247.
General Questions
Q: What is Tradeify 247?
Section: General Questions
− A: Tradeify 247 is a proprietary trading program where you trade cryptocurrency with funded capital. Pass an evaluation or choose Instant Funding, then keep 80% of the profits you generate.
+ A: Tradeify 247 is a proprietary trading program where you trade crypto, tokenized stocks, commodities, and indices with funded capital. Pass an evaluation or choose Instant Funding, then keep 80% of the profits you generate.
Q: Is this real money trading?
A: You trade on simulated accounts, but your payouts are real money. When you request a payout, you receive actual funds via Rise or cryptocurrency.
Q: Who runs Tradeify 247?
A: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto program, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures Prop, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the founder and CEO.
Q: Is there a free demo or practice account? / Can I try before buying?
A: A non-tradable demo account is coming soon. Currently, evaluation accounts serve as the practice environment — they use simulated capital, not real money. Start with a $10,000 2-Step Evaluation ($100) to test the platform and your strategy at the lowest cost.
Q: How do I get started? / How do I create an account?
− A: Getting started is simple: 1) Visit tradeify247.co and choose your account type and size. 2) Complete payment (card or crypto). 3) For Instant Funding accounts, complete KYC verification. 4) Receive your DXTrade credentials via email (check your spam folder) — they are also available on your dashboard. 5) Log in at dx.tradeify247.co and start trading. Note: Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures use completely separate credentials.
+ A: Getting started is simple: 1) Visit tradeify247.co and choose your account type and size. 2) Complete payment (card or crypto). 3) For Instant Funding accounts, complete KYC verification. 4) Receive your platform credentials (DXTrade or MetaTrader 5) via email (check your spam folder) — they are also available on your dashboard. 5) Log in to DXTrade at dx.tradeify247.co, or to MetaTrader 5 (outside the US) with your MT5 credentials and server, and start trading. Note: Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures use completely separate credentials.
Account Questions
Q: What is the minimum age to open an account?
A: You must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This applies to all account types.
Q: What account sizes are available?
A: We offer four account sizes: $10,000, $25,000, $50,000, and $100,000. All account types are available in every size.
Q: Can I have multiple accounts?
A: Yes. There is no limit on how many evaluation accounts you can buy or hold. Funded accounts are capped at $300,000 in combined account size — for example, three $100,000 funded accounts. One exception: the 3-Step Promotional Plan is limited to one account per customer and cannot be purchased more than once.
Q: Can I have both crypto and futures accounts? / Are the limits separate?
A: Yes. Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures are completely separate programs with independent account limits. Tradeify Futures accounts do not count toward your Tradeify 247 funded allocation. Each program has its own dashboard, credentials, and support. Having accounts in both programs is fully allowed.
Q: Can I switch between account types?
A: No, once you purchase an account type (2-Step, 1-Step, or Instant Funding), you cannot change it.
Q: What happens if my account is closed?
1. Complete KYC — Settings > Identity Verification
2. Enable 2FA — Settings > Security > Set 2FA (scan the QR code with an authenticator app, then enter the 6-digit code)
3. Sign your contract — Contracts > open the pending document > click Sign
Once all three are done, your account exits close-only and trading is enabled automatically.
Q: I get "Two-Factor Authentication is required" when I try to sign the contract. What do I do?
A: 2FA is not enabled yet. Go to Settings > Security > Set 2FA first, then return to Contracts to sign.
Q: I don't want to use Google Authenticator on my phone, or someone else's account is already in the app on my phone.
A: You can install an authenticator app on your desktop instead — search "authenticator app for PC". You can also add multiple accounts inside Google Authenticator side-by-side without removing existing ones — tap the "+" button to add a new entry. Adding a Tradeify entry will not affect your phone or any other app already in your authenticator.
Q: Do evaluation accounts (1-Step, 2-Step, APE-X) need this setup before trading?
A: No. Evaluation accounts can trade immediately after purchase. You only need to complete KYC, 2FA, and contract signing once you pass and your account becomes funded.
Trading Questions
Q: What cryptocurrencies can I trade?
Section: Trading Questions
− A: 100+ cryptocurrency pairs including BTC, ETH, SOL, DOGE, XRP, and many more altcoins. We also offer 30 tokenized stocks (Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, and more) — see the question below.
+ A: 100+ cryptocurrency pairs including BTC, ETH, SOL, DOGE, XRP, and many more altcoins. We also offer 40 tokenized stocks (Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, and more), commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL), and indices (XYZ100, SP500) — see the questions below.
Q: Do you offer stocks? / Can I trade tokenized stocks like AAPL, TSLA, or NVDA?
− A: Yes. Tradeify 247 offers 30 tokenized stocks (including Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, Microsoft, and Coinbase) on DXTrade. They are synthetic price-tracking instruments — not real shares, with no dividends or voting rights. All trade at 2:1 leverage, 24/7, with the same 0.04% commission as crypto pairs. See Tokenized Stocks.
+ A: Yes. Tradeify 247 offers 40 tokenized stocks (including Apple, Tesla, Nvidia, Microsoft, and Coinbase) on DXTrade and MetaTrader 5. They are synthetic price-tracking instruments — not real shares, with no dividends or voting rights. All trade at 2:1 leverage, 24/7, with the same 0.04% commission as crypto pairs. See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What is the leverage?
− A: Evaluation accounts get 5:1 leverage on BTC/ETH/PAXG and 2:1 on altcoins. Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on all pairs. Tokenized stocks trade at 2:1 leverage on all account types.
+ A: Evaluation accounts (2-Step and 1-Step) get 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks. Instant Funding accounts use 2:1 leverage on every symbol.
Q: Can I use trading bots?
A: Yes, as long as you own the bot. Copy trading is also allowed. Shared bots and signal services that auto-execute trades (that you do not own) are not allowed.
Q: Can I hold positions overnight?
− A: Yes, cryptocurrency markets trade 24/7. You can hold positions as long as you want. Note: if you carry a position into the next trading day, the original position size must remain fully intact — closing part of it before the 22:00 UTC reset and carrying the rest overnight is not allowed.
+ A: Yes, cryptocurrency markets trade 24/7. You can hold positions as long as you want. Note: a position stays active until all of its volume is closed, so closing part of it before the 22:00 UTC reset and the rest after counts as one trading day, not two.
Q: Why is there a 20-second minimum hold time?
A: The microscalping rule prevents high-frequency strategies that can be disruptive to liquidity providers. All trades must be held for at least 20 seconds.
Q: What are the trading fees? / What is the commission? / How much are the fees?
A: All cryptocurrency pairs have a 0.04% trading fee (commission) per trade, calculated on the notional value of your position. The fee is charged on both opening and closing a trade (round trip = double). Open positions also carry a fixed 0.033% per day Swap/Funding Fee (see the next question). There are no other hidden or recurring fees.
Q: Are there swap fees, overnight fees, or holding costs?
A: Yes. A fixed Swap/Funding Fee of 0.033% of position value per day applies to open positions on all Tradeify 247 accounts. It is charged at the 22:00 UTC daily reset (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) for each day a position is held open, including weekends. It shows as "Swap" on the position in DXTrade and is a real charge deducted from your account, not an estimate. Example: a $10,000 position held through one daily reset costs about $3.30 in swap; a 0.5 BTC position at $84,000 (about $42,000 notional) costs about $13.86 per day. This is in addition to the 0.04% commission charged on opening and closing each trade. You can still hold positions for as long as you want.
Q: How much is the commission in dollars?
A: Here are some examples at 0.04% per trade: 0.01 BTC (~$1,000 notional) = $0.40 per trade. 0.1 BTC (~$10,000 notional) = $4.00 per trade. 1 BTC (~$100,000 notional) = $40.00 per trade. Remember, the fee applies on both open and close, so the round-trip cost is double these amounts.
Payout Questions
Q: What is the profit split?
A: 80% to you, 20% retained by Tradeify.
Q: How often can I request payouts?
Q: My account was breached but I didn't take any losses — why?
A: The most common reason is inactivity. If 30 consecutive days pass without you placing a trade, the account is closed and marked as breached even though you never lost money. Check your email for an Account Inactivity Warning — we send one at 28 days of inactivity giving you 48 hours to place a trade. The other possibility is a drawdown breach from an open position: the daily loss limit and max drawdown are checked against live equity, so an unrealized loss can breach the account even if you never closed the trade at a loss. If neither of those fits your account, ask for a human agent in the chat and include your account number so the team can check the exact breach trigger for you.
Q: Is hedging allowed?
A: No, hedging is not allowed. You cannot hold simultaneous long and short positions in the same instrument to offset risk. This includes hedging between multiple Tradeify accounts (e.g., going long BTC in one account and short BTC in another).
Q: Is there an inactivity policy?
A: Yes. If you go 30 consecutive days without placing a trade, your account is closed and marked as breached due to inactivity — it cannot be reopened or reset, it is no longer eligible for a payout, and any profit remaining in it is forfeited. You are warned first: at 28 days of inactivity we email you an Account Inactivity Warning giving you 48 hours to place at least one trade. Place a trade in that window and nothing happens to your account. This applies to all account types, including APE-X.
Q: When does the trading day reset? / What time does the trading day roll over?
A: The trading day resets at 22:00 UTC (5:00 PM ET in winter / 6:00 PM ET during Daylight Saving) every day, including weekends. At this time, the daily loss limit resets, a closing-balance snapshot is taken for the daily loss limit, and a new trading day begins for consistency score calculations. (The max drawdown on Instant Funding and APE-X is separate — it trails per closed trade, intraday, not at this reset.) Even though crypto markets trade 24/7, the 22:00 UTC daily reset still applies.
Q: Do partial closes count as extra trading days? / Can I split a position to add trading days?
A: No. For a trading day to count, the entire position must be fully closed — a position stays active until all remaining volume is closed, so closing part of a position before the 22:00 UTC reset and the rest after still counts as one trading day. Partial closes may not be used to satisfy the Minimum Profitable Day (2-Step Funded) or Consistency (Instant Funding) requirements. See the Trading Rules Overview for full details.
Platform Questions
Q: What trading platform do you use?
Section: Platform Questions
− A: DXTrade - available as web platform and desktop application. A dedicated Tradeify mobile app is coming soon.
+ A: DXTrade (web and desktop) and MetaTrader 5 (desktop, web, and the official MT5 mobile app). MetaTrader 5 is not available to traders in the United States.
Q: How do I get my login credentials?
− A: You'll receive your DXTrade credentials via email after your purchase is confirmed.
+ A: You'll receive your platform credentials (DXTrade or MetaTrader 5) via email after your purchase is confirmed. They are also shown on your dashboard.
Q: What if I forgot my password?
A: Contact support and we'll help you reset your credentials after verifying your identity.
Q: Can I use MetaTrader 5 (MT5)? / Can I use TradingView? / What platforms can I use?
A: MetaTrader 5 is supported. You can trade on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5 — you choose your platform at checkout. MetaTrader 5 is not available to traders in the United States, who can use DXTrade. MetaTrader 4 is not supported. TradingView integration is coming soon. DXTrade offers web, desktop, and a mobile app coming soon for iOS and Android.
Q: Is mobile trading available? / Can I trade on my phone?
− A: A dedicated Tradeify mobile app for iOS and Android is coming soon. You can currently access DXTrade through your mobile web browser. Important: The DXTrade app on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store does not work with Tradeify credentials.
+ A: On MetaTrader 5, use the official MT5 app for iOS or Android with your Tradeify MT5 credentials. On DXTrade, use your mobile web browser. Important: The DXTrade app on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store does not work with Tradeify credentials.
Age & Eligibility
Q: Do I need to be 18 to trade? / What is the minimum age? / Can minors trade?
A: Yes, you must be at least 18 years old to open and trade a Tradeify 247 account. This is a legal requirement and applies to all account types (2-Step, 1-Step, and Instant Funding).
Q: Can my mom or dad open an account for me? / Can a parent open an account on behalf of a minor?
A: No. The account holder must be the person who trades it. A parent or guardian cannot open an account on behalf of someone under 18. The person whose name is on the account must be the one trading, and they must pass KYC verification with their own valid government-issued ID.
Q: Can I open an account now while I'm 17 and get paid once I'm 18?
A: No. You must be 18 at the time of account creation. Accounts created by anyone under 18 violate the Terms of Service and may be terminated without payout.
Q: Can I share my account with someone else? / Can someone else trade my account?
A: No. Account sharing is strictly prohibited. Only the verified account holder may trade their account. If we detect account sharing, the account may be closed.
Q: Can I gift someone an account? / Can I buy an account for a friend?
Section: Age & Eligibility
− A: You can purchase an account as a gift, but the recipient must create their own profile, pass KYC verification, and be at least 18 years old. The person whose name is on the account is the only one who can trade it and receive payouts.
+ A: No. Every purchase must be made by the account holder, in their own name, with a payment method in their own name. Accounts cannot be bought for, gifted to, or transferred to someone else. If a friend wants to help, they can send you the money so you can buy the account yourself.
Q: Which countries are restricted? / Is Tradeify 247 available in my country?
− A: Tradeify 247 is available in most countries worldwide. However, the following 29 countries are restricted and cannot purchase accounts:
− Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
+ A: Tradeify 247 is available in most countries worldwide. However, the following 28 countries are restricted and cannot purchase accounts:
+ Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Democratic Republic of Congo, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Taiwan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, and Zimbabwe.
If your country is not on this list, you are eligible to sign up.
Wallets & Payments
Q: Do I need a MetaMask wallet to trade? / Do I need a crypto wallet for Tradeify?
Section: Wallets & Payments
− A: No. You do not need MetaMask or any crypto wallet to trade on Tradeify. All trading happens on the DXTrade platform (web, desktop, or mobile app). A crypto wallet is only needed if you choose to receive payouts in cryptocurrency.
+ A: No. You do not need MetaMask or any crypto wallet to trade on Tradeify. All trading happens on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5. A crypto wallet is only needed if you choose to receive payouts in cryptocurrency.
Q: Can I connect my Bybit wallet or Bitget wallet to Tradeify?
− A: You don't connect external wallets to Tradeify for trading. Trading happens on DXTrade. However, when requesting a crypto payout through Rise, you can provide any valid wallet address — including Bybit, Bitget, Coinbase, MetaMask, or any wallet that supports the token and network you choose.
+ A: You don't connect external wallets to Tradeify for trading. Trading happens on DXTrade or MetaTrader 5. However, when requesting a crypto payout through Rise, you can provide any valid wallet address — including Bybit, Bitget, Coinbase, MetaMask, or any wallet that supports the token and network you choose.
Q: Can I receive payouts in ETH? / Can I get paid in DOGE? / What specific cryptocurrencies can I receive payouts in?
A: Yes! Crypto payouts are processed through Rise (riseworks.io), which supports 100+ digital assets including BTC, ETH, USDC, USDT, SOL, DOGE, and many more. Rise supports multiple networks including Ethereum, Polygon, Arbitrum, Optimism, and Avalanche, so you can choose the token and network that works best for you.
Q: Can I receive payouts to my bank account?
− A: Yes. Bank payouts are available through Rise (direct bank transfer, available in most countries). Payouts are typically processed within 1-2 business days. You can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal.
+ A: Yes. Bank payouts are available through Rise (direct bank transfer, available in most countries). Eligible payouts are processed within 24 hours under our 24-hour payout guarantee. You can choose a different payout method for each withdrawal.
Q: Can I pay for my account with crypto? / Can I buy with BTC? / What payment methods are accepted?
− A: Yes! You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using credit/debit card (Visa, Mastercard, American Express), PayPal, or cryptocurrency (multiple coins accepted). Card and PayPal payments process instantly. Crypto payments process after network confirmation. You'll receive your DXTrade credentials via email after payment is confirmed.
+ A: Yes! You can purchase Tradeify 247 accounts using credit/debit card (Visa or Mastercard) or cryptocurrency (multiple coins accepted). Card payments process instantly. Crypto payments process after network confirmation. You'll receive your platform credentials via email after payment is confirmed.
Q: Can I use someone else’s card (a parent, spouse, or friend) to pay? / Can I buy an account with my dad’s or mom’s card?
A: No. You can only pay with a credit or debit card in your own name. Payments made with someone else’s card, including a family member’s, are not permitted — even with their permission and even if the billing details match.
Q: Can I use my payout to pay for new accounts? / Can I reinvest my payouts?
A: Yes. Once you receive your payout, the funds are yours to use however you like — including purchasing new Tradeify accounts. There's no restriction on using payout funds for new account purchases.
Q: Does Tradeify charge fees on payouts?
A: Tradeify does not charge fees on payouts. However, third-party providers (Rise or blockchain networks) may have their own processing or network fees depending on the method and currency you choose.
Trading Policies
Q: Can I trade during news events? / Is news trading allowed?
A: Yes, news trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. There are no restrictions on trading during high-impact news events. However, remember that all standard rules still apply (daily drawdown, max drawdown, 20-second minimum hold time), and crypto markets can be especially volatile during major news.
Q: What type of trading does Tradeify offer? / Is this perpetual contract trading? / Is this CFD trading?
Section: Trading Policies
− A: Tradeify 247 offers USD-margined crypto pair trading on DXTrade. Symbols display as BTC/USD, ETH/USD, etc. This is not CFD trading, perpetual futures, or exchange-based trading — you trade crypto price movements without owning the underlying asset. Leverage is 2x on all pairs for Instant Funding accounts, and 5x on BTC/ETH/PAXG + 2x on all other pairs for 1-Step and 2-Step evaluations. Pricing and execution are powered by institutional liquidity aggregation via partners like Gold-i, with underlying liquidity sourced from major exchanges such as Binance, OKX, and Bybit — our symbols are mapped to the highest-liquidity pairs on these exchanges (typically USDT-denominated). TradingView tip: for external charting and analysis, reference USDT pairs on Binance (e.g., BTCUSDT) as they typically have the best liquidity and match what our symbols track. We also offer tokenized stocks — synthetic instruments tracking equities like Apple, Tesla, and Nvidia, priced off Hyperliquid and trading 24/7 at 2:1 leverage (not real shares; no dividends or voting). See Tokenized Stocks.
+ A: Tradeify 247 offers USD-margined crypto pair trading on DXTrade. Symbols display as BTC/USD, ETH/USD, etc. This is not CFD trading, perpetual futures, or exchange-based trading — you trade crypto price movements without owning the underlying asset. Leverage is 2x on all pairs for Instant Funding accounts, and 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks for 1-Step and 2-Step evaluations. Pricing and execution are powered by institutional liquidity aggregation via partners like Gold-i, with underlying liquidity sourced from major exchanges such as Binance, OKX, and Bybit — our symbols are mapped to the highest-liquidity pairs on these exchanges (typically USDT-denominated). TradingView tip: for external charting and analysis, reference USDT pairs on Binance (e.g., BTCUSDT) as they typically have the best liquidity and match what our symbols track. We also offer tokenized stocks — synthetic instruments tracking equities like Apple, Tesla, and Nvidia, priced off Hyperliquid and trading 24/7 at 2:1 leverage (not real shares; no dividends or voting). See Tokenized Stocks.
Q: What are the trading hours?
A: Crypto markets are open 24/7, and you can trade anytime. There are no restricted trading windows. You can also hold positions overnight and over weekends.
Q: Can I reset my account? / Can I reset my friend's account?
A: There is no account reset feature. If your account is closed due to a rule breach, you'll need to purchase a new account to start again. You cannot reset or restore a breached account, whether it's yours or someone else's.
Q: What if I lose internet connection during a trade?
A: If you lose internet connectivity, your open positions remain active on the server. Set stop-loss orders before entering trades to protect yourself from unexpected disconnections. You can also access DXTrade through your mobile web browser as a backup to manage positions if your primary connection goes down.
Q: Is copy trading allowed? / Can I use copy trading software? / What does "own the service" mean?
A: Yes, copy trading is allowed on Tradeify 247. "Own the service yourself" means you have exclusive ownership or a personal license for the tool. Allowed: your own custom bot, a trade copier between your own accounts, or purchased software that you exclusively license. NOT allowed: shared bots running the same signals for many traders, or signal subscription services that auto-execute trades on your behalf. If you are the only one using it, it is generally allowed. One exception: on the 3-Step Promotional Plan you may not copy trades between that account and your other accounts, in either direction.
Q: Can I use a VPN or VPS? / Are VPNs and VPS allowed?
A: Yes. VPNs and VPS are allowed and can help with connection stability and execution speed. Your account must remain personal — VPN/VPS cannot be used to mask account sharing or group trading. If we detect multiple logins from different IP addresses or shared IP usage with other users, we may request additional verification: proof of your VPN/VPS setup, a short verification interview, or other ownership checks. See Trading Rules Overview for the full policy.
Trust & Legitimacy
Q: Is Tradeify 247 a scam? / Is this legit? / Is Tradeify 247 legitimate?
A: That's a fair question — the prop trading space has its share of bad actors, so it's smart to do your due diligence. Here are the facts: Tradeify 247 is Tradeify's crypto brand, from the same team behind Tradeify Futures, which has funded thousands of traders. Brett Simberkoff is the named founder and CEO. Payouts are processed through Rise, an established payment platform. You trade on simulated accounts, but payout money is real. Check the community Discord and social media channels to see real trader experiences and payout confirmations.
Q: Has anyone actually been paid? / Are the payouts real?
A: Yes. Tradeify processes real payouts through Rise (crypto and bank transfers). You can find payout confirmations shared by traders in the Discord community. Payouts are on-demand with a $100 minimum once you meet the requirements (KYC verification and consistency score for Instant Funding).
Q: Is my money safe? / What happens to my purchase if Tradeify shuts down?
A: Your account purchase gives you access to a simulated trading account. Tradeify has been operating since the launch of Tradeify Futures and has a track record of paying traders. As with any prop firm, you're purchasing access to a funded account program — the risk is limited to your account purchase price. Earned payouts are processed through Rise, not held by Tradeify.
Q: Is Tradeify 247 the same as Tradeify Futures?
Section: Trust & Legitimacy
− A: Yes — Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures are both Tradeify brands, from the same company and team, led by founder and CEO Brett Simberkoff. Tradeify Futures focuses on futures markets, while Tradeify 247 focuses on cryptocurrency trading. Both share the same commitment to paying traders and maintaining fair rules.
+ A: No — they are separate programs with separate rules, accounts, and support, although both are Tradeify brands from the same company and team, led by founder and CEO Brett Simberkoff. Tradeify Futures focuses on futures markets, while Tradeify 247 focuses on markets that trade around the clock, such as crypto. Both share the same commitment to paying traders and maintaining fair rules.
Q: What is the difference between Tradeify 247 and Tradeify Futures?
− A: They are separate programs from the same company. Key differences: Platform — Crypto uses DXTrade, Futures uses Tradovate. Trading hours — Crypto is 24/7, Futures follows CME session hours. Profit split — Crypto is 80/20, Futures is 90/10. Position sizing — Crypto uses lot sizes, Futures uses mini/micro contracts. Credentials — Completely separate logins and dashboards. Allocation — Counted independently per program; Tradeify 247 caps funded accounts at $300,000 combined, with no limit on evaluations except the 3-Step Promotional Plan, which is one per customer.
+ A: They are separate programs from the same company. Key differences: Platform — Tradeify 247 uses DXTrade or MetaTrader 5; Futures uses Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts. Trading hours — Tradeify 247 is 24/7, Futures follows CME session hours. Profit split — Tradeify 247 is 80/20, Futures is 90/10. Position sizing — Tradeify 247 uses lot sizes, Futures uses mini/micro contracts. Credentials — Completely separate logins and dashboards. Allocation — Counted independently per program; Tradeify 247 caps funded accounts at $300,000 combined, with no limit on evaluations except the 3-Step Promotional Plan, which is one per customer.
Promotions & Free Accounts
Q: Can I get a free account? / I'm a friend of someone at Tradeify, can I get free accounts?
A: Tradeify does not offer free accounts on request, regardless of personal connections. All traders purchase their accounts through the standard process to ensure fairness for everyone.
Q: Where can I find discount codes? / Are there any promotions?
A: Discount codes and promotions are shared through official Tradeify channels — the website, Discord announcements, email newsletters, and social media. Keep an eye on these channels for special offers. Be cautious of discount codes from unofficial sources.
PremierTradeify 247 · Choosing Your Account Type | Tradeify 247Min Trading Days requirement for Payout column clarified to specify 20% consistency rule results in minimum 5 days in practice.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify 247 offers three distinct paths to funded trading. Each account type is designed for different trading styles and experience levels. This guide will help you choose the right option.
Quick Comparison
Feature | 2-Step | 1-Step | Instant Funding
Evaluation Phases | 2 phases | 1 phase | None
Profit Target | 10% + 5% | 12% | N/A
Drawdown Type | Static | Static | End-of-Trade Trailing Balance
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1
Section: Quick Comparison
− Min Trading Days (Payout) | 3 days | None | None
Payout Lock | No | No | Yes
Price (50K) | $350 | $431 | $580
Best For | Budget-conscious | Fast funders | Immediate trading
2-Step Evaluation
The most affordable path to funding.
Complete two phases to earn your funded account:
- Phase 1: Hit 10% profit target
- Phase 2: Hit 5% profit target
Drawdown: Static - Your drawdown limits are fixed at 3% daily and 6% max. They never change, giving you consistent risk parameters throughout your evaluation.
No Payout Lock: 2-Step Funded accounts keep the Static 6% max drawdown from the evaluation. The floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves — requesting a payout does not change it. 1-Step Funded accounts have no payout lock either — only Instant Funding and APE-X use one.
Choose 2-Step if you:
- Want the lowest entry price
After
Tradeify 247 offers three distinct paths to funded trading. Each account type is designed for different trading styles and experience levels. This guide will help you choose the right option.
Quick Comparison
Feature | 2-Step | 1-Step | Instant Funding
Evaluation Phases | 2 phases | 1 phase | None
Profit Target | 10% + 5% | 12% | N/A
Drawdown Type | Static | Static | End-of-Trade Trailing Balance
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1
Section: Quick Comparison
+ Min Trading Days (Payout) | 3 days | None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | No | Yes
Price (50K) | $350 | $431 | $580
Best For | Budget-conscious | Fast funders | Immediate trading
2-Step Evaluation
The most affordable path to funding.
Complete two phases to earn your funded account:
- Phase 1: Hit 10% profit target
- Phase 2: Hit 5% profit target
Drawdown: Static - Your drawdown limits are fixed at 3% daily and 6% max. They never change, giving you consistent risk parameters throughout your evaluation.
No Payout Lock: 2-Step Funded accounts keep the Static 6% max drawdown from the evaluation. The floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves — requesting a payout does not change it. 1-Step Funded accounts have no payout lock either — only Instant Funding and APE-X use one.
Choose 2-Step if you:
- Want the lowest entry price
Tradeify 247 offers three distinct paths to funded trading. Each account type is designed for different trading styles and experience levels. This guide will help you choose the right option.
Quick Comparison
Feature | 2-Step | 1-Step | Instant Funding
Evaluation Phases | 2 phases | 1 phase | None
Profit Target | 10% + 5% | 12% | N/A
Drawdown Type | Static | Static | End-of-Trade Trailing Balance
Leverage | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 5:1 (BTC/ETH + commodities) | 2:1
Section: Quick Comparison
− Min Trading Days (Payout) | 3 days | None | None
+ Min Trading Days (Payout) | 3 days | None | None fixed (20% consistency means at least 5 in practice)
Payout Lock | No | No | Yes
Price (50K) | $350 | $431 | $580
Best For | Budget-conscious | Fast funders | Immediate trading
2-Step Evaluation
The most affordable path to funding.
Complete two phases to earn your funded account:
- Phase 1: Hit 10% profit target
- Phase 2: Hit 5% profit target
Drawdown: Static - Your drawdown limits are fixed at 3% daily and 6% max. They never change, giving you consistent risk parameters throughout your evaluation.
No Payout Lock: 2-Step Funded accounts keep the Static 6% max drawdown from the evaluation. The floor is fixed at your starting balance minus 6% and never moves — requesting a payout does not change it. 1-Step Funded accounts have no payout lock either — only Instant Funding and APE-X use one.
Choose 2-Step if you:
- Want the lowest entry price
PremierTradeify 247 · Welcome to Tradeify 247 | Tradeify 247Leverage ratios changed for BTC/ETH/commodities from 5x to 5:1, and altcoins/indices/tokenized stocks from 2x to 2:1; commodities list expanded.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We offer the most comprehensive crypto prop trading program available, with 100+ crypto pairs plus tokenized stocks, competitive pricing, and multiple paths to funding.
Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
- 100+ Crypto Pairs + Tokenized Stocks - Trade BTC, ETH, SOL, and dozens more, plus 40 tokenized stocks (AAPL, TSLA, NVDA)
Section: Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
− - Up to 5x Leverage - 5x on BTC/ETH/PAXG, 2x on altcoins and tokenized stocks
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing direct from liquidity providers
- MT5 and DXTrade Platform - Professional-grade trading platforms with advanced charting
- Account Sizes $10K-$100K - Choose the account size that fits your trading style
Three Paths to Funding
Choose the path that matches your experience and goals:
2-Step Evaluation
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases - hit 10% profit in Phase 1, then 5% in Phase 2 - to earn a funded account. Static drawdown means your limits never change.
1-Step Evaluation
Faster path to funding. Hit a 12% profit target in a single phase with static drawdown. Perfect for consistent traders who want to get funded quickly.
Instant Funding
Skip the evaluation entirely. Start trading with funded capital immediately. Higher upfront cost, but no profit targets - just trade and request payouts when ready.
After
We offer the most comprehensive crypto prop trading program available, with 100+ crypto pairs plus tokenized stocks, competitive pricing, and multiple paths to funding.
Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
- 100+ Crypto Pairs + Tokenized Stocks - Trade BTC, ETH, SOL, and dozens more, plus 40 tokenized stocks (AAPL, TSLA, NVDA)
Section: Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
+ - Up to 5x Leverage - on evaluations, 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing direct from liquidity providers
- MT5 and DXTrade Platform - Professional-grade trading platforms with advanced charting
- Account Sizes $10K-$100K - Choose the account size that fits your trading style
Three Paths to Funding
Choose the path that matches your experience and goals:
2-Step Evaluation
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases - hit 10% profit in Phase 1, then 5% in Phase 2 - to earn a funded account. Static drawdown means your limits never change.
1-Step Evaluation
Faster path to funding. Hit a 12% profit target in a single phase with static drawdown. Perfect for consistent traders who want to get funded quickly.
Instant Funding
Skip the evaluation entirely. Start trading with funded capital immediately. Higher upfront cost, but no profit targets - just trade and request payouts when ready.
We offer the most comprehensive crypto prop trading program available, with 100+ crypto pairs plus tokenized stocks, competitive pricing, and multiple paths to funding.
Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
- 100+ Crypto Pairs + Tokenized Stocks - Trade BTC, ETH, SOL, and dozens more, plus 40 tokenized stocks (AAPL, TSLA, NVDA)
Section: Why Trade With Tradeify 247?
− - Up to 5x Leverage - 5x on BTC/ETH/PAXG, 2x on altcoins and tokenized stocks
+ - Up to 5x Leverage - on evaluations, 5:1 on BTC, ETH and commodities (PAXG, SILVER, USOIL, UKOIL); 2:1 on altcoins, indices and tokenized stocks
- 80% Profit Split - Keep the majority of your trading profits
- Raw Spreads - Institutional-grade pricing direct from liquidity providers
- MT5 and DXTrade Platform - Professional-grade trading platforms with advanced charting
- Account Sizes $10K-$100K - Choose the account size that fits your trading style
Three Paths to Funding
Choose the path that matches your experience and goals:
2-Step Evaluation
Our most affordable option. Complete two phases - hit 10% profit in Phase 1, then 5% in Phase 2 - to earn a funded account. Static drawdown means your limits never change.
1-Step Evaluation
Faster path to funding. Hit a 12% profit target in a single phase with static drawdown. Perfect for consistent traders who want to get funded quickly.
Instant Funding
Skip the evaluation entirely. Start trading with funded capital immediately. Higher upfront cost, but no profit targets - just trade and request payouts when ready.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Account trading policyAdded explanation of automatic position closure 15 minutes before weekend market close with associated order rejections and cancellations.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
see Retiring markets.
EUR/USD and USD/JPY trade on Veranta. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and
USD/JPY markets are retiring the same way: they report
trading_enabled: false, an order that would open, add to, or flip a position
there is rejected with market_unavailable, and reduce-only orders, closes,
and Take Profit and Stop Loss exits on existing positions keep working.
Forex and index markets on the Veranta and Ostium venues follow their venue's
trading sessions. While a market is closed, a market order or close
is rejected with market_closed. Limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss orders can
still be placed, edited, and canceled; they stay open and can fill at the
reopening price. See
Trading hours.
A market's exposure cap limits combined open notional (long plus short) across
accounts of the same challenge model and account size. Each Elite account
instead has its own cap for each market, counting only that account's
position. The server includes existing exposure and rejects a fill that would
exceed the configured cap. Closing or reducing positions remains allowed.
An existing position keeps its enrolled exposure group through additions,
reductions, and reversals, even if challenge offerings change. A new position
after fully closing uses the current product grouping. This applies equally to
API and website orders; see Asset Exposure Limits.
Exposure-cap enforcement defaults to enabled for newly added markets. A
numerical cap must still be configured; enabling the switch alone does not set
a dollar limit. Check the current market caps
After
see Retiring markets.
EUR/USD and USD/JPY trade on Veranta. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and
USD/JPY markets are retiring the same way: they report
trading_enabled: false, an order that would open, add to, or flip a position
there is rejected with market_unavailable, and reduce-only orders, closes,
and Take Profit and Stop Loss exits on existing positions keep working.
Forex and index markets on the Veranta and Ostium venues follow their venue's
trading sessions. While a market is closed, a market order or close
is rejected with market_closed. Limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss orders can
still be placed, edited, and canceled; they stay open and can fill at the
reopening price. See
Trading hours.
+ From 15 minutes before a session market's scheduled weekend close until it
+ reopens, every open position on it is closed automatically and an order that
+ would open, add to, or flip a position is rejected with weekend_closure.
+ Resting entry orders on the market are canceled with cancel reason
+ venue_policy, and the closed positions report close reason system. See
+ Weekend auto-close.
A market's exposure cap limits combined open notional (long plus short) across
accounts of the same challenge model and account size. Each Elite account
instead has its own cap for each market, counting only that account's
position. The server includes existing exposure and rejects a fill that would
exceed the configured cap. Closing or reducing positions remains allowed.
An existing position keeps its enrolled exposure group through additions,
reductions, and reversals, even if challenge offerings change. A new position
after fully closing uses the current product grouping. This applies equally to
API and website orders; see Asset Exposure Limits.
Exposure-cap enforcement defaults to enabled for newly added markets. A
numerical cap must still be configured; enabling the switch alone does not set
a dollar limit. Check the current market caps
see Retiring markets.
EUR/USD and USD/JPY trade on Veranta. The previous hyperliquid EUR/USD and
USD/JPY markets are retiring the same way: they report
trading_enabled: false, an order that would open, add to, or flip a position
there is rejected with market_unavailable, and reduce-only orders, closes,
and Take Profit and Stop Loss exits on existing positions keep working.
Forex and index markets on the Veranta and Ostium venues follow their venue's
trading sessions. While a market is closed, a market order or close
is rejected with market_closed. Limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss orders can
still be placed, edited, and canceled; they stay open and can fill at the
reopening price. See
Trading hours.
+ From 15 minutes before a session market's scheduled weekend close until it
+ reopens, every open position on it is closed automatically and an order that
+ would open, add to, or flip a position is rejected with weekend_closure.
+ Resting entry orders on the market are canceled with cancel reason
+ venue_policy, and the closed positions report close reason system. See
+ Weekend auto-close.
A market's exposure cap limits combined open notional (long plus short) across
accounts of the same challenge model and account size. Each Elite account
instead has its own cap for each market, counting only that account's
position. The server includes existing exposure and rejects a fill that would
exceed the configured cap. Closing or reducing positions remains allowed.
An existing position keeps its enrolled exposure group through additions,
reductions, and reversals, even if challenge offerings change. A new position
after fully closing uses the current product grouping. This applies equally to
API and website orders; see Asset Exposure Limits.
Exposure-cap enforcement defaults to enabled for newly added markets. A
numerical cap must still be configured; enabling the switch alone does not set
a dollar limit. Check the current market caps
PremierMyFundedPerps · Troubleshooting and FAQAdded section explaining that forex and index positions close automatically 15 minutes before weekend market close, with warning notification.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
expires soonest first. Select Expiry Schedule under your balance on
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
Store Credit Expiry.
Do FP Points expire?
Yes. FP Points expire 90 days after they are earned, and points earned before
September 11, 2026 expire at 11:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 9, 2026 (04:00 UTC on
December 10). Opening a case spends the points that expire soonest first.
Select Expiry Schedule on the FP Points tab of
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
FP Points Expiry.
A tool or footer is unavailable
If the market picker, calculator, chart panel, layout switcher, footer, or
bottom toolbar cannot load, the rest of the page stays available. Select
Refresh beside the unavailable item to reload the page and try again.
You can also close a failed market picker to continue viewing the current
market. The footer's legal, support, and cookie-preference links remain
available in its fallback view.
After an app update, the next page you open loads the new version. A page you
stay on may refresh automatically once to load the new files, or show an
Update Available prompt with a refresh button. Repeated loading failures show a manual refresh option instead of
immediately refreshing again. If the whole page shows Something Went Wrong,
include its error reference when contacting support.
After
expires soonest first. Select Expiry Schedule under your balance on
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
Store Credit Expiry.
Do FP Points expire?
Yes. FP Points expire 90 days after they are earned, and points earned before
September 11, 2026 expire at 11:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 9, 2026 (04:00 UTC on
December 10). Opening a case spends the points that expire soonest first.
Select Expiry Schedule on the FP Points tab of
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
FP Points Expiry.
+ Can I hold forex and index positions over the weekend?
+ No. All open positions on markets that follow trading hours (the forex and
+ index markets marked 24/5 or 23/5) close automatically 15 minutes
+ before the market's scheduled weekend close. A warning on the trade page shows
+ the upcoming auto-close time during the final hour. New positions cannot be
+ opened on those markets after the auto-close time until the market reopens.
+ Auto-closed positions show Weekend Auto-Close in your trade history. See
+ Weekend auto-close.
A tool or footer is unavailable
If the market picker, calculator, chart panel, layout switcher, footer, or
bottom toolbar cannot load, the rest of the page stays available. Select
Refresh beside the unavailable item to reload the page and try again.
You can also close a failed market picker to continue viewing the current
market. The footer's legal, support, and cookie-preference links remain
available in its fallback view.
After an app update, the next page you open loads the new version. A page you
stay on may refresh automatically once to load the new files, or show an
Update Available prompt with a refresh button. Repeated loading failures show a manual refresh option instead of
immediately refreshing again. If the whole page shows Something Went Wrong,
include its error reference when contacting support.
expires soonest first. Select Expiry Schedule under your balance on
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
Store Credit Expiry.
Do FP Points expire?
Yes. FP Points expire 90 days after they are earned, and points earned before
September 11, 2026 expire at 11:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on December 9, 2026 (04:00 UTC on
December 10). Opening a case spends the points that expire soonest first.
Select Expiry Schedule on the FP Points tab of
Rewards to see each expiry
date. Read
FP Points Expiry.
+ Can I hold forex and index positions over the weekend?
+ No. All open positions on markets that follow trading hours (the forex and
+ index markets marked 24/5 or 23/5) close automatically 15 minutes
+ before the market's scheduled weekend close. A warning on the trade page shows
+ the upcoming auto-close time during the final hour. New positions cannot be
+ opened on those markets after the auto-close time until the market reopens.
+ Auto-closed positions show Weekend Auto-Close in your trade history. See
+ Weekend auto-close.
A tool or footer is unavailable
If the market picker, calculator, chart panel, layout switcher, footer, or
bottom toolbar cannot load, the rest of the page stays available. Select
Refresh beside the unavailable item to reload the page and try again.
You can also close a failed market picker to continue viewing the current
market. The footer's legal, support, and cookie-preference links remain
available in its fallback view.
After an app update, the next page you open loads the new version. A page you
stay on may refresh automatically once to load the new files, or show an
Update Available prompt with a refresh button. Repeated loading failures show a manual refresh option instead of
immediately refreshing again. If the whole page shows Something Went Wrong,
include its error reference when contacting support.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Trading GuideArticle adds weekend auto-close requirement for certain markets with new section explaining timing, mechanics, and effects on orders and positions.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
trade without a daily break from Sunday to Friday. Markets with a daily break,
such as US30, show 23/5. On the trade page, markets
without a Trading Hours picker show a Venue field next to the market
name with the venue that supplies the market's prices.
Markets with two trading-hour options
Some markets trade on two venues: one that keeps Standard Market Hours
and one that trades 24/7. On these markets, the Trading Hours picker
in the market bar (or at the top of Market Details on a phone) switches
between them. Hover the info icon beside each option, or read the line under
it on a phone, for what that option means.
- Standard Market Hours follows the sessions in the table above. While the
market is closed, prices freeze and new positions wait until it reopens.
- 24/7 trades around the clock, including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Outside regular market hours, its price can move away from the underlying
market.
The trade page opens on Standard Market Hours unless you hold an open
position in that market, in which case it opens on the option your position
uses. You can hold a market on only one option at a time; close the position
before trading the other.
While a market is closed
- Prices, the chart, and the order book show the last quote before the close.
- Market orders and position closes are rejected with a market closed
message. Nothing on the market can fill until it reopens.
- You can still place, edit, and cancel limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss
orders. They stay open and can trigger or fill at the reopening price.
− - Open positions keep counting toward your account at the last quote. If your
− account is liquidated or closed out while a market is closed, those
− positions close at that last quote.
− Prices can open far from the last quote after a weekend or holiday. A Stop
Loss that the reopening price crosses fills at the first available price,
which can be worse than its trigger price.
Browse markets
The Markets page shows cached prices
and statistics so browsing does not wait for every data source. Prices refresh
every 30 seconds while the tab is visible; polling pauses in hidden tabs.
A recent listing and its other statistics are reused for ten minutes; an older
cached listing can appear while a replacement loads. Overview cards and
historical charts load independently from the market list.
Open Filters to narrow the list by asset class (Stocks, Crypto, Indices,
Commodities, FX) and other criteria. Selected filters stay in the page URL so
a refined view can be shared or refreshed.
Open a market to see current trading data. Orders use current execution checks,
not the cached prices on the Markets page.
After
trade without a daily break from Sunday to Friday. Markets with a daily break,
such as US30, show 23/5. On the trade page, markets
without a Trading Hours picker show a Venue field next to the market
name with the venue that supplies the market's prices.
Markets with two trading-hour options
Some markets trade on two venues: one that keeps Standard Market Hours
and one that trades 24/7. On these markets, the Trading Hours picker
in the market bar (or at the top of Market Details on a phone) switches
between them. Hover the info icon beside each option, or read the line under
it on a phone, for what that option means.
- Standard Market Hours follows the sessions in the table above. While the
market is closed, prices freeze and new positions wait until it reopens.
+ Positions on this option close automatically before the weekend; see
+ Weekend auto-close.
- 24/7 trades around the clock, including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Outside regular market hours, its price can move away from the underlying
market.
The trade page opens on Standard Market Hours unless you hold an open
position in that market, in which case it opens on the option your position
uses. You can hold a market on only one option at a time; close the position
before trading the other.
While a market is closed
- Prices, the chart, and the order book show the last quote before the close.
- Market orders and position closes are rejected with a market closed
message. Nothing on the market can fill until it reopens.
- You can still place, edit, and cancel limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss
orders. They stay open and can trigger or fill at the reopening price.
+ - Open positions keep counting toward your account at the last quote during a
+ daily break or holiday closure. If your account is liquidated or closed out
+ while a market is closed, those positions close at that last quote.
+ Prices can open far from the last quote after a daily break or holiday. A Stop
Loss that the reopening price crosses fills at the first available price,
which can be worse than its trigger price.
+ Weekend auto-close
+ You cannot hold positions on these markets over the weekend. Every open
+ position on them closes automatically 15 minutes before the market's scheduled
+ weekend close. This applies to every account type, in both the evaluation and
+ funded stages, and it happens whether or not you are online.
+ - When it happens: 15 minutes before the Friday close in the
+ Trading hours table. The time follows New York time, so it
+ moves with daylight saving time. For example, a market that closes at
+ Friday 17:00 New York time closes its positions at 16:45.
+ - Warning: during the final hour before the auto-close, the trade page
+ shows the exact auto-close time in your time zone with a countdown, and the
+ market status above the chart counts down to it.
+ - How positions close: at the market price at that moment, with the normal
+ trading fee. Realized profit or loss is applied to your balance, and the
+ account's rules are checked against the result, the same as for a close you
+ make yourself.
+ - Open orders: limit and stop entry orders on the market are canceled.
+ Take Profit and Stop Loss orders are canceled when their position closes.
+ - New positions: from the auto-close time until the market reopens on
+ Sunday, you cannot open or add to a position on the market. Orders that only
+ reduce a position are still accepted. Trading resumes at the next scheduled
+ opening.
+ - Trade history: a closed position shows the reason Weekend Auto-Close,
+ with its exit price and realized profit or loss. Its closing fill appears in
+ order history as a System Close.
+ The 24/7 option of a market with two trading-hour options is not affected.
+ Daily breaks and holiday closures do not close positions.
Browse markets
The Markets page shows cached prices
and statistics so browsing does not wait for every data source. Prices refresh
every 30 seconds while the tab is visible; polling pauses in hidden tabs.
A recent listing and its other statistics are reused for ten minutes; an older
cached listing can appear while a replacement loads. Overview cards and
historical charts load independently from the market list.
Open Filters to narrow the list by asset class (Stocks, Crypto, Indices,
Commodities, FX) and other criteria. Selected filters stay in the page URL so
a refined view can be shared or refreshed.
Open a market to see current trading data. Orders use current execution checks,
not the cached prices on the Markets page.
trade without a daily break from Sunday to Friday. Markets with a daily break,
such as US30, show 23/5. On the trade page, markets
without a Trading Hours picker show a Venue field next to the market
name with the venue that supplies the market's prices.
Markets with two trading-hour options
Some markets trade on two venues: one that keeps Standard Market Hours
and one that trades 24/7. On these markets, the Trading Hours picker
in the market bar (or at the top of Market Details on a phone) switches
between them. Hover the info icon beside each option, or read the line under
it on a phone, for what that option means.
- Standard Market Hours follows the sessions in the table above. While the
market is closed, prices freeze and new positions wait until it reopens.
+ Positions on this option close automatically before the weekend; see
+ Weekend auto-close.
- 24/7 trades around the clock, including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Outside regular market hours, its price can move away from the underlying
market.
The trade page opens on Standard Market Hours unless you hold an open
position in that market, in which case it opens on the option your position
uses. You can hold a market on only one option at a time; close the position
before trading the other.
While a market is closed
- Prices, the chart, and the order book show the last quote before the close.
- Market orders and position closes are rejected with a market closed
message. Nothing on the market can fill until it reopens.
- You can still place, edit, and cancel limit, Take Profit, and Stop Loss
orders. They stay open and can trigger or fill at the reopening price.
− - Open positions keep counting toward your account at the last quote. If your
− account is liquidated or closed out while a market is closed, those
− positions close at that last quote.
− Prices can open far from the last quote after a weekend or holiday. A Stop
+ - Open positions keep counting toward your account at the last quote during a
+ daily break or holiday closure. If your account is liquidated or closed out
+ while a market is closed, those positions close at that last quote.
+ Prices can open far from the last quote after a daily break or holiday. A Stop
Loss that the reopening price crosses fills at the first available price,
which can be worse than its trigger price.
+ Weekend auto-close
+ You cannot hold positions on these markets over the weekend. Every open
+ position on them closes automatically 15 minutes before the market's scheduled
+ weekend close. This applies to every account type, in both the evaluation and
+ funded stages, and it happens whether or not you are online.
+ - When it happens: 15 minutes before the Friday close in the
+ Trading hours table. The time follows New York time, so it
+ moves with daylight saving time. For example, a market that closes at
+ Friday 17:00 New York time closes its positions at 16:45.
+ - Warning: during the final hour before the auto-close, the trade page
+ shows the exact auto-close time in your time zone with a countdown, and the
+ market status above the chart counts down to it.
+ - How positions close: at the market price at that moment, with the normal
+ trading fee. Realized profit or loss is applied to your balance, and the
+ account's rules are checked against the result, the same as for a close you
+ make yourself.
+ - Open orders: limit and stop entry orders on the market are canceled.
+ Take Profit and Stop Loss orders are canceled when their position closes.
+ - New positions: from the auto-close time until the market reopens on
+ Sunday, you cannot open or add to a position on the market. Orders that only
+ reduce a position are still accepted. Trading resumes at the next scheduled
+ opening.
+ - Trade history: a closed position shows the reason Weekend Auto-Close,
+ with its exit price and realized profit or loss. Its closing fill appears in
+ order history as a System Close.
+ The 24/7 option of a market with two trading-hour options is not affected.
+ Daily breaks and holiday closures do not close positions.
Browse markets
The Markets page shows cached prices
and statistics so browsing does not wait for every data source. Prices refresh
every 30 seconds while the tab is visible; polling pauses in hidden tabs.
A recent listing and its other statistics are reused for ten minutes; an older
cached listing can appear while a replacement loads. Overview cards and
historical charts load independently from the market list.
Open Filters to narrow the list by asset class (Stocks, Crypto, Indices,
Commodities, FX) and other criteria. Selected filters stay in the page URL so
a refined view can be shared or refreshed.
Open a market to see current trading data. Orders use current execution checks,
not the cached prices on the Markets page.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Tradable AssetsTotal tradable markets decreased from 134 to 122; crypto markets decreased from 68 to 66, stocks from 41 to 31.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradable Assets
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/tradable-assets
Every market you can currently open positions on, grouped by asset class, with the names and symbols shown on the trade page.
− This page lists all 134 markets currently enabled for trading on MyFundedPerps. The Market column matches the market name on the trade page, and Symbol is the ticker you can search for.
− List last changed: 2026-10-12.
This list is updated from the platform's market configuration after markets
are added or removed, so it can briefly trail the app. The [Markets
page](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/markets) and the trade page always show
current availability. Markets that follow [trading
hours](/guides/trading-guide#trading-hours) stay listed while they are closed.
Maximum leverage and exposure caps for each market are listed on Market Exposure Caps. See Asset Exposure Limits for how those caps apply to your accounts.
Crypto
− 68 markets.
Market | Symbol
1000BONK-USD | 1000BONK
1000PEPE-USD | 1000PEPE
1000SHIB-USD | 1000SHIB
AAVE-USD | AAVE
ADA-USD | ADA
AERO-USD | AERO
ALGO-USD | ALGO
APT-USD | APT
ARB-USD | ARB
ASTER-USD | ASTER
ATOM-USD | ATOM
ETHFI-USD | ETHFI
FARTCOIN-USD | FARTCOIN
FET-USD | FET
FIL-USD | FIL
GRAM-USD | GRAM
GRASS-USD | GRASS
HBAR-USD | HBAR
HYPE-USD | HYPE
ICP-USD | ICP
INJ-USD | INJ
JTO-USD | JTO
JUP-USD | JUP
− KAITO-USD | KAITO
LDO-USD | LDO
LINK-USD | LINK
LIT-USD | LIT
LTC-USD | LTC
MON-USD | MON
NEAR-USD | NEAR
ONDO-USD | ONDO
OP-USD | OP
PENDLE-USD | PENDLE
PENGU-USD | PENGU
POL-USD | POL
− PONS-USD | PONS
PUMP-USD | PUMP
PYTH-USD | PYTH
RENDER-USD | RENDER
SEI-USD | SEI
SOL-USD | SOL
SPX-USD | SPX
SUI-USD | SUI
TAO-USD | TAO
TRUMP-USD | TRUMP
TRX-USD | TRX
UNI-USD | UNI
VVV-USD | VVV
WIF-USD | WIF
WLD-USD | WLD
WLFI-USD | WLFI
XLM-USD | XLM
XMR-USD | XMR
XPL-USD | XPL
XRP-USD | XRP
ZEC-USD | ZEC
Stocks
− 41 markets.
Market | Symbol
AAPL-USD | AAPL
AMD-USD | AMD
AMZN-USD | AMZN
ANTHROPIC-USD | ANTHROPIC
− ARM-USD | ARM
AVGO-USD | AVGO
BABA-USD | BABA
− BE-USD | BE
BMNR-USD | BMNR
− COHR-USD | COHR
COIN-USD | COIN
CRCL-USD | CRCL
CRWV-USD | CRWV
− CXMT-USD | CXMT
− DELL-USD | DELL
DRAM-USD | DRAM
GOOGL-USD | GOOGL
HOOD-USD | HOOD
INTC-USD | INTC
− LLY-USD | LLY
META-USD | META
MRVL-USD | MRVL
MSFT-USD | MSFT
MSTR-USD | MSTR
MU-USD | MU
NBIS-USD | NBIS
NVDA-USD | NVDA
OPENAI-USD | OPENAI
ORCL-USD | ORCL
PLTR-USD | PLTR
− QCOM-USD | QCOM
− RKLB-USD | RKLB
SAMSUNG-USD | SAMSUNG
− SKHX-USD | SKHX
SKHYNIX-USD | SKHYNIX
− SMSN-USD | SMSN
SNDK-USD | SNDK
SPCX-USD | SPCX
TSLA-USD | TSLA
TSM-USD | TSM
WDC-USD | WDC
Indices
7 markets.
Market | Symbol
EWY-USD | EWY
JP225-USD | JP225
NAS100-USD | NAS100
QQQ-USD | QQQ
After
Tradable Assets
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/tradable-assets
Every market you can currently open positions on, grouped by asset class, with the names and symbols shown on the trade page.
+ This page lists all 122 markets currently enabled for trading on MyFundedPerps. The Market column matches the market name on the trade page, and Symbol is the ticker you can search for.
+ List last changed: 2026-10-16.
This list is updated from the platform's market configuration after markets
are added or removed, so it can briefly trail the app. The [Markets
page](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/markets) and the trade page always show
current availability. Markets that follow [trading
hours](/guides/trading-guide#trading-hours) stay listed while they are closed.
Maximum leverage and exposure caps for each market are listed on Market Exposure Caps. See Asset Exposure Limits for how those caps apply to your accounts.
Crypto
+ 66 markets.
Market | Symbol
1000BONK-USD | 1000BONK
1000PEPE-USD | 1000PEPE
1000SHIB-USD | 1000SHIB
AAVE-USD | AAVE
ADA-USD | ADA
AERO-USD | AERO
ALGO-USD | ALGO
APT-USD | APT
ARB-USD | ARB
ASTER-USD | ASTER
ATOM-USD | ATOM
ETHFI-USD | ETHFI
FARTCOIN-USD | FARTCOIN
FET-USD | FET
FIL-USD | FIL
GRAM-USD | GRAM
GRASS-USD | GRASS
HBAR-USD | HBAR
HYPE-USD | HYPE
ICP-USD | ICP
INJ-USD | INJ
JTO-USD | JTO
JUP-USD | JUP
LDO-USD | LDO
LINK-USD | LINK
LIT-USD | LIT
LTC-USD | LTC
MON-USD | MON
NEAR-USD | NEAR
ONDO-USD | ONDO
OP-USD | OP
PENDLE-USD | PENDLE
PENGU-USD | PENGU
POL-USD | POL
PUMP-USD | PUMP
PYTH-USD | PYTH
RENDER-USD | RENDER
SEI-USD | SEI
SOL-USD | SOL
SPX-USD | SPX
SUI-USD | SUI
TAO-USD | TAO
TRUMP-USD | TRUMP
TRX-USD | TRX
UNI-USD | UNI
VVV-USD | VVV
WIF-USD | WIF
WLD-USD | WLD
WLFI-USD | WLFI
XLM-USD | XLM
XMR-USD | XMR
XPL-USD | XPL
XRP-USD | XRP
ZEC-USD | ZEC
Stocks
+ 31 markets.
Market | Symbol
AAPL-USD | AAPL
AMD-USD | AMD
AMZN-USD | AMZN
ANTHROPIC-USD | ANTHROPIC
AVGO-USD | AVGO
BABA-USD | BABA
BMNR-USD | BMNR
COIN-USD | COIN
CRCL-USD | CRCL
CRWV-USD | CRWV
DRAM-USD | DRAM
GOOGL-USD | GOOGL
HOOD-USD | HOOD
INTC-USD | INTC
META-USD | META
MRVL-USD | MRVL
MSFT-USD | MSFT
MSTR-USD | MSTR
MU-USD | MU
NBIS-USD | NBIS
NVDA-USD | NVDA
OPENAI-USD | OPENAI
ORCL-USD | ORCL
PLTR-USD | PLTR
SAMSUNG-USD | SAMSUNG
SKHYNIX-USD | SKHYNIX
SNDK-USD | SNDK
SPCX-USD | SPCX
TSLA-USD | TSLA
TSM-USD | TSM
WDC-USD | WDC
Indices
7 markets.
Market | Symbol
EWY-USD | EWY
JP225-USD | JP225
NAS100-USD | NAS100
QQQ-USD | QQQ
Tradable Assets
Source: https://docs.myfundedperpetuals.com/guides/tradable-assets
Every market you can currently open positions on, grouped by asset class, with the names and symbols shown on the trade page.
− This page lists all 134 markets currently enabled for trading on MyFundedPerps. The Market column matches the market name on the trade page, and Symbol is the ticker you can search for.
− List last changed: 2026-10-12.
+ This page lists all 122 markets currently enabled for trading on MyFundedPerps. The Market column matches the market name on the trade page, and Symbol is the ticker you can search for.
+ List last changed: 2026-10-16.
This list is updated from the platform's market configuration after markets
are added or removed, so it can briefly trail the app. The [Markets
page](https://myfundedperpetuals.com/markets) and the trade page always show
current availability. Markets that follow [trading
hours](/guides/trading-guide#trading-hours) stay listed while they are closed.
Maximum leverage and exposure caps for each market are listed on Market Exposure Caps. See Asset Exposure Limits for how those caps apply to your accounts.
Crypto
− 68 markets.
+ 66 markets.
Market | Symbol
1000BONK-USD | 1000BONK
1000PEPE-USD | 1000PEPE
1000SHIB-USD | 1000SHIB
AAVE-USD | AAVE
ADA-USD | ADA
AERO-USD | AERO
ALGO-USD | ALGO
APT-USD | APT
ARB-USD | ARB
ASTER-USD | ASTER
ATOM-USD | ATOM
ETHFI-USD | ETHFI
FARTCOIN-USD | FARTCOIN
FET-USD | FET
FIL-USD | FIL
GRAM-USD | GRAM
GRASS-USD | GRASS
HBAR-USD | HBAR
HYPE-USD | HYPE
ICP-USD | ICP
INJ-USD | INJ
JTO-USD | JTO
JUP-USD | JUP
− KAITO-USD | KAITO
LDO-USD | LDO
LINK-USD | LINK
LIT-USD | LIT
LTC-USD | LTC
MON-USD | MON
NEAR-USD | NEAR
ONDO-USD | ONDO
OP-USD | OP
PENDLE-USD | PENDLE
PENGU-USD | PENGU
POL-USD | POL
− PONS-USD | PONS
PUMP-USD | PUMP
PYTH-USD | PYTH
RENDER-USD | RENDER
SEI-USD | SEI
SOL-USD | SOL
SPX-USD | SPX
SUI-USD | SUI
TAO-USD | TAO
TRUMP-USD | TRUMP
TRX-USD | TRX
UNI-USD | UNI
VVV-USD | VVV
WIF-USD | WIF
WLD-USD | WLD
WLFI-USD | WLFI
XLM-USD | XLM
XMR-USD | XMR
XPL-USD | XPL
XRP-USD | XRP
ZEC-USD | ZEC
Stocks
− 41 markets.
+ 31 markets.
Market | Symbol
AAPL-USD | AAPL
AMD-USD | AMD
AMZN-USD | AMZN
ANTHROPIC-USD | ANTHROPIC
− ARM-USD | ARM
AVGO-USD | AVGO
BABA-USD | BABA
− BE-USD | BE
BMNR-USD | BMNR
− COHR-USD | COHR
COIN-USD | COIN
CRCL-USD | CRCL
CRWV-USD | CRWV
− CXMT-USD | CXMT
− DELL-USD | DELL
DRAM-USD | DRAM
GOOGL-USD | GOOGL
HOOD-USD | HOOD
INTC-USD | INTC
− LLY-USD | LLY
META-USD | META
MRVL-USD | MRVL
MSFT-USD | MSFT
MSTR-USD | MSTR
MU-USD | MU
NBIS-USD | NBIS
NVDA-USD | NVDA
OPENAI-USD | OPENAI
ORCL-USD | ORCL
PLTR-USD | PLTR
− QCOM-USD | QCOM
− RKLB-USD | RKLB
SAMSUNG-USD | SAMSUNG
− SKHX-USD | SKHX
SKHYNIX-USD | SKHYNIX
− SMSN-USD | SMSN
SNDK-USD | SNDK
SPCX-USD | SPCX
TSLA-USD | TSLA
TSM-USD | TSM
WDC-USD | WDC
Indices
7 markets.
Market | Symbol
EWY-USD | EWY
JP225-USD | JP225
NAS100-USD | NAS100
QQQ-USD | QQQ
PremierMyFundedPerps · GlossarySlippage definition expanded to explain how it is calculated and displayed for triggered orders in order history.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Market order
An instruction that executes immediately at top-of-book with maximum adverse
slippage capped against the mark by a size-based tier. Book prices inside the
cap are preserved; the fill is never better than the mark.
Notional value
The position or order quantity multiplied by price, before leverage converts it
to a margin requirement.
Perpetual future
A derivatives contract without a fixed expiry date. MyFundedPerps simulates
trading these markets; it does not place exchange orders for the trader.
Slippage
The difference between a reference or expected price and the final average
− execution price.
Stop Loss / Take Profit (SL / TP)
Exit instructions triggered when a configured price condition is reached.
Challenges and accounts
Challenge account
A simulated account governed by a purchased or granted challenge plan.
Consistency rule
A plan-specific limit on how concentrated qualifying profit may be in a small
number of days or results.
Equity
Account value including the effect of open positions at current marks.
Evaluation
The stage in which a trader works toward the plan's target while respecting its
After
Market order
An instruction that executes immediately at top-of-book with maximum adverse
slippage capped against the mark by a size-based tier. Book prices inside the
cap are preserved; the fill is never better than the mark.
Notional value
The position or order quantity multiplied by price, before leverage converts it
to a margin requirement.
Perpetual future
A derivatives contract without a fixed expiry date. MyFundedPerps simulates
trading these markets; it does not place exchange orders for the trader.
Slippage
The difference between a reference or expected price and the final average
+ execution price. For a filled Stop Loss, Take Profit, or other triggered order,
+ your history shows Slippage vs trigger: the fill price compared with the
+ order's trigger price, multiplied by its size. A positive value means the fill
+ was worse than the trigger, and a negative value means it was better.
Stop Loss / Take Profit (SL / TP)
Exit instructions triggered when a configured price condition is reached.
Challenges and accounts
Challenge account
A simulated account governed by a purchased or granted challenge plan.
Consistency rule
A plan-specific limit on how concentrated qualifying profit may be in a small
number of days or results.
Equity
Account value including the effect of open positions at current marks.
Evaluation
The stage in which a trader works toward the plan's target while respecting its
Market order
An instruction that executes immediately at top-of-book with maximum adverse
slippage capped against the mark by a size-based tier. Book prices inside the
cap are preserved; the fill is never better than the mark.
Notional value
The position or order quantity multiplied by price, before leverage converts it
to a margin requirement.
Perpetual future
A derivatives contract without a fixed expiry date. MyFundedPerps simulates
trading these markets; it does not place exchange orders for the trader.
Slippage
The difference between a reference or expected price and the final average
− execution price.
+ execution price. For a filled Stop Loss, Take Profit, or other triggered order,
+ your history shows Slippage vs trigger: the fill price compared with the
+ order's trigger price, multiplied by its size. A positive value means the fill
+ was worse than the trigger, and a negative value means it was better.
Stop Loss / Take Profit (SL / TP)
Exit instructions triggered when a configured price condition is reached.
Challenges and accounts
Challenge account
A simulated account governed by a purchased or granted challenge plan.
Consistency rule
A plan-specific limit on how concentrated qualifying profit may be in a small
number of days or results.
Equity
Account value including the effect of open positions at current marks.
Evaluation
The stage in which a trader works toward the plan's target while respecting its
PremierMyFundedPerps · Elite AccountsElite pricing cards now come with 3% daily loss limit enabled by default, changeable via toggle or at checkout.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
With 90/10 upgrade, No DLL | \$107 | \$210 | \$539 | \$1,067
Funded accounts at the funded cap | 20 | 10 | 4 | 2
These are list prices. Checkout shows the current price and any discount before
you pay. The 90/10 upgrade is optional and chosen at checkout; its rows show the
total price with the upgrade. The funded count row assumes every account is the
same size; see Funded allocation for mixed sizes.
There is no limit on the total Elite account size you can buy. You can buy any
number and mix of Elite sizes and options, within the
per-order account limits. Only funded Elite accounts are
capped; see
Funded allocation.
DLL options
− Choose the option on the Elite pricing card or at checkout. The two options
are identical except for the daily loss limit:
Option | Daily loss limit | Everything else
3% DLL | 3% of starting balance, measured from the day's starting equity | Same Elite rules on this page
No DLL | None | Same Elite rules on this page
A 3% DLL account follows the same 3% rule as Select, Prime, and Signature:
- The floor is the day's starting equity, including open-position profit or
loss, minus 3% of the starting balance. On an Elite \$50K account the
allowance is \$1,500.
- Equity that reaches the floor breaches the account, fails it, and closes its
positions.
- The day boundary matches the other plans; see
Challenges and Rules.
After
With 90/10 upgrade, No DLL | \$107 | \$210 | \$539 | \$1,067
Funded accounts at the funded cap | 20 | 10 | 4 | 2
These are list prices. Checkout shows the current price and any discount before
you pay. The 90/10 upgrade is optional and chosen at checkout; its rows show the
total price with the upgrade. The funded count row assumes every account is the
same size; see Funded allocation for mixed sizes.
There is no limit on the total Elite account size you can buy. You can buy any
number and mix of Elite sizes and options, within the
per-order account limits. Only funded Elite accounts are
capped; see
Funded allocation.
DLL options
+ Elite pricing cards start with 3% DLL enabled and keep that option until
+ you change it. Turn off the daily loss limit toggle on a card to choose
+ No DLL for that size. You can also choose the option at checkout. The two options
are identical except for the daily loss limit:
Option | Daily loss limit | Everything else
3% DLL | 3% of starting balance, measured from the day's starting equity | Same Elite rules on this page
No DLL | None | Same Elite rules on this page
A 3% DLL account follows the same 3% rule as Select, Prime, and Signature:
- The floor is the day's starting equity, including open-position profit or
loss, minus 3% of the starting balance. On an Elite \$50K account the
allowance is \$1,500.
- Equity that reaches the floor breaches the account, fails it, and closes its
positions.
- The day boundary matches the other plans; see
Challenges and Rules.
With 90/10 upgrade, No DLL | \$107 | \$210 | \$539 | \$1,067
Funded accounts at the funded cap | 20 | 10 | 4 | 2
These are list prices. Checkout shows the current price and any discount before
you pay. The 90/10 upgrade is optional and chosen at checkout; its rows show the
total price with the upgrade. The funded count row assumes every account is the
same size; see Funded allocation for mixed sizes.
There is no limit on the total Elite account size you can buy. You can buy any
number and mix of Elite sizes and options, within the
per-order account limits. Only funded Elite accounts are
capped; see
Funded allocation.
DLL options
− Choose the option on the Elite pricing card or at checkout. The two options
+ Elite pricing cards start with 3% DLL enabled and keep that option until
+ you change it. Turn off the daily loss limit toggle on a card to choose
+ No DLL for that size. You can also choose the option at checkout. The two options
are identical except for the daily loss limit:
Option | Daily loss limit | Everything else
3% DLL | 3% of starting balance, measured from the day's starting equity | Same Elite rules on this page
No DLL | None | Same Elite rules on this page
A 3% DLL account follows the same 3% rule as Select, Prime, and Signature:
- The floor is the day's starting equity, including open-position profit or
loss, minus 3% of the starting balance. On an Elite \$50K account the
allowance is \$1,500.
- Equity that reaches the floor breaches the account, fails it, and closes its
positions.
- The day boundary matches the other plans; see
Challenges and Rules.
PremierMyFundedPerps · PayoutsAdded clarification that Elite account payout frequency displays as "On Demand" in Checkout.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Read funded payout terms, complete Rise onboarding, clear eligibility gates, submit a request, and understand its effect on the account.
Payouts are available from the
Payouts panel for an active
funded account. Select the intended account before reviewing or submitting a
request.
Payout request availability
Payout requests opened on **September 11, 2026 at 12:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight
Time (04:00 UTC)** for all existing and newly funded accounts. Every request
must meet the normal payout requirements below.
Daily payout window
Each funded account can submit one payout request per day. Elite accounts are
the exception: they have no daily limit, so you can request again as soon as
− your previous request finishes. See Elite Accounts.
On every other plan, the allowance resets
at 12:00 a.m. (midnight) New York time (America/New_York), the same time
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
After
Read funded payout terms, complete Rise onboarding, clear eligibility gates, submit a request, and understand its effect on the account.
Payouts are available from the
Payouts panel for an active
funded account. Select the intended account before reviewing or submitting a
request.
Payout request availability
Payout requests opened on **September 11, 2026 at 12:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight
Time (04:00 UTC)** for all existing and newly funded accounts. Every request
must meet the normal payout requirements below.
Daily payout window
Each funded account can submit one payout request per day. Elite accounts are
the exception: they have no daily limit, so you can request again as soon as
+ your previous request finishes. Checkout shows Elite payout frequency as
+ On Demand. See Elite Accounts.
On every other plan, the allowance resets
at 12:00 a.m. (midnight) New York time (America/New_York), the same time
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
Read funded payout terms, complete Rise onboarding, clear eligibility gates, submit a request, and understand its effect on the account.
Payouts are available from the
Payouts panel for an active
funded account. Select the intended account before reviewing or submitting a
request.
Payout request availability
Payout requests opened on **September 11, 2026 at 12:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight
Time (04:00 UTC)** for all existing and newly funded accounts. Every request
must meet the normal payout requirements below.
Daily payout window
Each funded account can submit one payout request per day. Elite accounts are
the exception: they have no daily limit, so you can request again as soon as
− your previous request finishes. See Elite Accounts.
+ your previous request finishes. Checkout shows Elite payout frequency as
+ On Demand. See Elite Accounts.
On every other plan, the allowance resets
at 12:00 a.m. (midnight) New York time (America/New_York), the same time
as the daily loss reset.
This is 04:00 UTC during Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) and **05:00 UTC during
Eastern Standard Time (EST)**.
The allowance follows calendar days, rather than a rolling 24-hour wait from
your previous request. The payout panel shows the next window in your local
time and in Eastern time. Two funded accounts held by the same trader each
have their own daily allowance.
Midnight renews the request allowance; it does not approve or pay an existing
request. A pending request must finish and all eligibility gates must be clear
before you can submit another one.
PremierMyFundedPerps · Billing and RewardsRemoved merch case reward for $9,999+ payouts; added Instagram submission option with tiered rewards table; added Pictionary game mode with detailed rules; Instagram stories have separate daily allowance; question page modes increased from seven to eight.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Matt's Golden Ticket, which each winner opens the same
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
− from those accounts do. A payout share for \$9,999 or more also earns a merch case
− alongside its regular case.
You can submit **one funded share and one payout share per New York calendar
day**. The allowances are separate: submitting a funded share does not use your
− payout allowance. Pending and approved submissions count; rejected submissions
do not. A rejected post can be resubmitted once within the original seven-day window.
After you use an allowance, other tasks of that type show a countdown and unlock
at midnight New York time. This reset follows daylight saving time. The seven-day
claim window still applies, so a task may expire before the next reset. Community
tasks have their own limits and do not use these daily allowances.
Community tasks can ask you to post on X, Instagram, YouTube, or TikTok. X tasks
need a linked X account. Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok tasks do not need a
linked account: follow the task details, publish the post, and paste its link
before the task ends. Each task accepts one claim per person, and a rejected post
can be resubmitted once while the task is open.
Purchase History
Open Purchase History
the case or guarantee an account prize.
A code that is invalid or has reached its maximum uses cannot grant a reward.
An affiliate cannot redeem a giveaway code that MyFundedPerps issued to them to
share with their audience. Affiliate tier reward codes are different: the
affiliate can redeem them or give them away.
Free code grants are not paid purchases and do not create an order in
Purchase History.
Password drops
A password drop is a giveaway that opens with a shared password instead of a
personal code. When MyFundedPerps announces a drop, enter the password on
Redeem Code or open the announced
link, which fills the password in for you. Passwords are not case sensitive.
− The password opens a question page with one of seven modes:
- 2048: Slide numbered tiles together until one reaches the drop's target tile.
- Pipes: Draw pipes that connect each pair of matching numbered dots and fill
every cell of the board.
- Unblock: Slide blocks out of the way to free the green arrow block
through the exit.
- Text Answer: Type an answer using the matching rules shown with the question.
Some questions include images, and some are asked entirely in an image.
Select an image to open it full size in a new tab.
- Show Your Work: Draw every step of your solution with your mouse, finger,
or stylus and box your final answer. The grader checks the answer and the
steps that reach it. A final answer alone is not accepted.
- Draw a Chart: Draw the given function, such as y = x^2 + 3, on the
supplied grid. Each question sets the ranges and spacing of its numbered
x and y axes. Some questions use π labels for radians, for example
−2π to 2π for y = sin(x). Read the axis labels before drawing, then draw
the curve within the visible range. You do not need
algebra steps or a boxed answer. The grader checks the curve's shape and
position against the function.
- Speed Trading: Trade a fast replay of a real past chart for a limited
time. The best profit and loss (PnL) when the drop closes wins.
2048
Select New Game on the board to start with two tiles. On a desktop, slide
with the arrow keys or W, A, S, D. On a phone or tablet, swipe the board or tap
the arrow buttons under it. The board tells you which applies before you start.
Every slide moves all tiles as far as they can go, and two tiles with the same
number that touch during a slide merge into one tile of double the value. A
slide that moves nothing does not count. After each slide a new 2 or 4 tile
appears. The game ends and submits your result as soon as any tile reaches the
target shown on the board. For example, a 1024 drop ends at the first 1024
tile. When no slide can change the board, the game is over.
Starting a game uses one attempt, including when you leave or reload the page.
When a game ends, your score, your best tile, and a New Game button appear
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
Text answers
Some drops ask for a Text Answer. Enter your answer directly on the question
page and select Submit Answer. Any accepted alternative succeeds. Read the
matching rules shown with the question: case and spacing can each matter.
When case is ignored, A matches a. When spacing is ignored, New York
matches NewYork; this also ignores tabs and line breaks. Otherwise, spacing
must match exactly, including at the beginning and end. Punctuation and accents
always matter. Equivalent Unicode spellings of the same accented character match.
Text answers must be nonblank and at most 200 characters. An incorrect answer
uses one attempt and remains in the field so you can edit it. Answers are checked
immediately. A correct answer shows that it is correct and that your place is
being checked for a moment while rewards go out in the order correct answers
After
Matt's Golden Ticket, which each winner opens the same
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
+ from those accounts do.
+ For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram in the payout certificate
+ dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
+ keep your account public until review. Submit the story link and a screenshot
+ within seven days of the payout. Instagram does not require a linked X account.
+ Each payout can earn one reward through either X or Instagram. A pending or
+ approved claim locks that payout to its chosen platform; after rejection, you
+ can switch platforms while the claim window is open.
+ Payout rewards use the net amount you received after the profit split:
+ Net payout | X case | Instagram story case
+ Up to \$250 | Bronze | Silver
+ \$250.01 to \$500 | Silver | Gold
+ \$500.01 to \$1,000 | Gold | Diamond
+ \$1,000.01 to \$2,500 | Diamond | Obsidian
+ \$2,500.01 to \$9,998.99 | Obsidian | Eclipse
+ \$9,999 or more | Eclipse | Eclipse
+ A payout share for \$9,999 or more also earns a merch case alongside its
+ regular case when merch rewards are available to you. An Instagram story below
+ that amount earns only the case in the table, including when that case is Eclipse.
You can submit **one funded share and one payout share per New York calendar
day**. The allowances are separate: submitting a funded share does not use your
+ payout allowance. Instagram stories have their own allowance of one submission
+ per New York calendar day. Pending and approved submissions count; rejected submissions
do not. A rejected post can be resubmitted once within the original seven-day window.
After you use an allowance, other tasks of that type show a countdown and unlock
at midnight New York time. This reset follows daylight saving time. The seven-day
claim window still applies, so a task may expire before the next reset. Community
tasks have their own limits and do not use these daily allowances.
Community tasks can ask you to post on X, Instagram, YouTube, or TikTok. X tasks
need a linked X account. Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok tasks do not need a
linked account: follow the task details, publish the post, and paste its link
before the task ends. Each task accepts one claim per person, and a rejected post
can be resubmitted once while the task is open.
Purchase History
Open Purchase History
the case or guarantee an account prize.
A code that is invalid or has reached its maximum uses cannot grant a reward.
An affiliate cannot redeem a giveaway code that MyFundedPerps issued to them to
share with their audience. Affiliate tier reward codes are different: the
affiliate can redeem them or give them away.
Free code grants are not paid purchases and do not create an order in
Purchase History.
Password drops
A password drop is a giveaway that opens with a shared password instead of a
personal code. When MyFundedPerps announces a drop, enter the password on
Redeem Code or open the announced
link, which fills the password in for you. Passwords are not case sensitive.
+ The password opens a question page with one of eight modes:
- 2048: Slide numbered tiles together until one reaches the drop's target tile.
- Pipes: Draw pipes that connect each pair of matching numbered dots and fill
every cell of the board.
- Unblock: Slide blocks out of the way to free the green arrow block
through the exit.
- Text Answer: Type an answer using the matching rules shown with the question.
Some questions include images, and some are asked entirely in an image.
Select an image to open it full size in a new tab.
- Show Your Work: Draw every step of your solution with your mouse, finger,
or stylus and box your final answer. The grader checks the answer and the
steps that reach it. A final answer alone is not accepted.
- Draw a Chart: Draw the given function, such as y = x^2 + 3, on the
supplied grid. Each question sets the ranges and spacing of its numbered
x and y axes. Some questions use π labels for radians, for example
−2π to 2π for y = sin(x). Read the axis labels before drawing, then draw
the curve within the visible range. You do not need
algebra steps or a boxed answer. The grader checks the curve's shape and
position against the function.
- Speed Trading: Trade a fast replay of a real past chart for a limited
time. The best profit and loss (PnL) when the drop closes wins.
+ - Pictionary: Watch a MyFundedPerps team member draw live and type
+ guesses. The first correct guessers win.
2048
Select New Game on the board to start with two tiles. On a desktop, slide
with the arrow keys or W, A, S, D. On a phone or tablet, swipe the board or tap
the arrow buttons under it. The board tells you which applies before you start.
Every slide moves all tiles as far as they can go, and two tiles with the same
number that touch during a slide merge into one tile of double the value. A
slide that moves nothing does not count. After each slide a new 2 or 4 tile
appears. The game ends and submits your result as soon as any tile reaches the
target shown on the board. For example, a 1024 drop ends at the first 1024
tile. When no slide can change the board, the game is over.
Starting a game uses one attempt, including when you leave or reload the page.
When a game ends, your score, your best tile, and a New Game button appear
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
+ Pictionary
+ A Pictionary drop shows a live drawing made by a MyFundedPerps team member,
+ with a short prompt about what is being drawn. Everyone who opened the drop
+ watches the same drawing as it happens. Until the drawing starts, the page
+ shows that it is waiting for the artist.
+ Type your guess under the drawing and select Guess. Guesses can be up to
+ 60 characters (some symbols, including emoji, count as two characters).
+ Most Pictionary drops let you keep guessing until the drop ends. Some drops
+ give each player a set number of guesses; the page then shows how many you
+ have left, and every wrong, very close, or correct guess uses one. When you
+ run out, the guess box locks for the rest of the drop. Guesses are limited to
+ one per second, with a burst of up to three after a pause. Each guess is checked with the same matching rules as
+ text answers, shown on the page. The page tells you right away whether a
+ guess is wrong, very close, or correct.
+ A selection of wrong guesses appears in the public Guesses list with
+ your display name. The list may omit guesses during busy periods or when a
+ player is muted. Correct and very close guess text is never shown to other
+ players. The list can show that someone guessed correctly without revealing
+ their answer. The winner count updates when rewards are confirmed, and the
+ page shows how many people are watching while the drop is live.
+ Some Pictionary drops keep guesses private. In those drops the Guesses
+ list is replaced by a note, other players never see your guesses, and you
+ see only the winner count go up as rewards are claimed. The team member
+ drawing can see every guess in both kinds of drop.
+ The first correct guesses received and accepted by the server win, up to
+ one reward per player and the number of rewards shown on the page. A correct guess shows that your place is being checked, then shows that
+ you won or that every reward was already claimed. Once you have guessed
+ correctly, further guesses do not count again. The drop ends when every
+ reward is claimed or when it is closed, and the page then shows that the drop
+ ended.
+ Sending guesses too quickly asks you to slow down for a moment before you
+ guess again. If your connection drops, the page reconnects on its own and the
+ drawing catches up. Keep the drop open in only one tab or window; opening it
+ somewhere else moves your seat there.
Text answers
Some drops ask for a Text Answer. Enter your answer directly on the question
page and select Submit Answer. Any accepted alternative succeeds. Read the
matching rules shown with the question: case and spacing can each matter.
When case is ignored, A matches a. When spacing is ignored, New York
matches NewYork; this also ignores tabs and line breaks. Otherwise, spacing
must match exactly, including at the beginning and end. Punctuation and accents
always matter. Equivalent Unicode spellings of the same accented character match.
Text answers must be nonblank and at most 200 characters. An incorrect answer
uses one attempt and remains in the field so you can edit it. Answers are checked
immediately. A correct answer shows that it is correct and that your place is
being checked for a moment while rewards go out in the order correct answers
Matt's Golden Ticket, which each winner opens the same
way. Each winner of an account
giveaway receives the stated evaluation account as soon as the draw runs, and a
notification confirms it is ready. An account giveaway can award an
Elite account, including a \$1K Elite size that cannot be bought; see
Elite prize accounts.
Share to Claim
When available, Share to Claim on Rewards lets you earn a case by posting
about a passed challenge or paid payout on X. Link your X account, include the
certificate link, mention @MyFundedPerps, and submit the published post link
within seven days of the pass or payout. A case is added after the post is approved.
Passing a 1K or 2.5K challenge does not earn a Share to Claim case, but payouts
− from those accounts do. A payout share for \$9,999 or more also earns a merch case
− alongside its regular case.
+ from those accounts do.
+ For a paid payout, you can instead choose Instagram in the payout certificate
+ dialog. Save the payout image, post it to your story, tag @myfundedperps_, and
+ keep your account public until review. Submit the story link and a screenshot
+ within seven days of the payout. Instagram does not require a linked X account.
+ Each payout can earn one reward through either X or Instagram. A pending or
+ approved claim locks that payout to its chosen platform; after rejection, you
+ can switch platforms while the claim window is open.
+ Payout rewards use the net amount you received after the profit split:
+ Net payout | X case | Instagram story case
+ Up to \$250 | Bronze | Silver
+ \$250.01 to \$500 | Silver | Gold
+ \$500.01 to \$1,000 | Gold | Diamond
+ \$1,000.01 to \$2,500 | Diamond | Obsidian
+ \$2,500.01 to \$9,998.99 | Obsidian | Eclipse
+ \$9,999 or more | Eclipse | Eclipse
+ A payout share for \$9,999 or more also earns a merch case alongside its
+ regular case when merch rewards are available to you. An Instagram story below
+ that amount earns only the case in the table, including when that case is Eclipse.
You can submit **one funded share and one payout share per New York calendar
day**. The allowances are separate: submitting a funded share does not use your
− payout allowance. Pending and approved submissions count; rejected submissions
+ payout allowance. Instagram stories have their own allowance of one submission
+ per New York calendar day. Pending and approved submissions count; rejected submissions
do not. A rejected post can be resubmitted once within the original seven-day window.
After you use an allowance, other tasks of that type show a countdown and unlock
at midnight New York time. This reset follows daylight saving time. The seven-day
claim window still applies, so a task may expire before the next reset. Community
tasks have their own limits and do not use these daily allowances.
Community tasks can ask you to post on X, Instagram, YouTube, or TikTok. X tasks
need a linked X account. Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok tasks do not need a
linked account: follow the task details, publish the post, and paste its link
before the task ends. Each task accepts one claim per person, and a rejected post
can be resubmitted once while the task is open.
Purchase History
Open Purchase History
the case or guarantee an account prize.
A code that is invalid or has reached its maximum uses cannot grant a reward.
An affiliate cannot redeem a giveaway code that MyFundedPerps issued to them to
share with their audience. Affiliate tier reward codes are different: the
affiliate can redeem them or give them away.
Free code grants are not paid purchases and do not create an order in
Purchase History.
Password drops
A password drop is a giveaway that opens with a shared password instead of a
personal code. When MyFundedPerps announces a drop, enter the password on
Redeem Code or open the announced
link, which fills the password in for you. Passwords are not case sensitive.
− The password opens a question page with one of seven modes:
+ The password opens a question page with one of eight modes:
- 2048: Slide numbered tiles together until one reaches the drop's target tile.
- Pipes: Draw pipes that connect each pair of matching numbered dots and fill
every cell of the board.
- Unblock: Slide blocks out of the way to free the green arrow block
through the exit.
- Text Answer: Type an answer using the matching rules shown with the question.
Some questions include images, and some are asked entirely in an image.
Select an image to open it full size in a new tab.
- Show Your Work: Draw every step of your solution with your mouse, finger,
or stylus and box your final answer. The grader checks the answer and the
steps that reach it. A final answer alone is not accepted.
- Draw a Chart: Draw the given function, such as y = x^2 + 3, on the
supplied grid. Each question sets the ranges and spacing of its numbered
x and y axes. Some questions use π labels for radians, for example
−2π to 2π for y = sin(x). Read the axis labels before drawing, then draw
the curve within the visible range. You do not need
algebra steps or a boxed answer. The grader checks the curve's shape and
position against the function.
- Speed Trading: Trade a fast replay of a real past chart for a limited
time. The best profit and loss (PnL) when the drop closes wins.
+ - Pictionary: Watch a MyFundedPerps team member draw live and type
+ guesses. The first correct guessers win.
2048
Select New Game on the board to start with two tiles. On a desktop, slide
with the arrow keys or W, A, S, D. On a phone or tablet, swipe the board or tap
the arrow buttons under it. The board tells you which applies before you start.
Every slide moves all tiles as far as they can go, and two tiles with the same
number that touch during a slide merge into one tile of double the value. A
slide that moves nothing does not count. After each slide a new 2 or 4 tile
appears. The game ends and submits your result as soon as any tile reaches the
target shown on the board. For example, a 1024 drop ends at the first 1024
tile. When no slide can change the board, the game is over.
Starting a game uses one attempt, including when you leave or reload the page.
When a game ends, your score, your best tile, and a New Game button appear
To Long 75%. You can change the step size at any time, even mid-run. On a
keyboard, press the up arrow to buy, the down arrow to sell, and Space to
close. Trades fill at the price on the chart when you place them, and a trade
that arrives too late or too fast is rejected with a message. Any open
position closes automatically when the run ends.
Your PnL is your final balance minus \$100,000. Only your best run counts
toward the leaderboard, so a worse run never lowers your place. Starting a run
uses one attempt unless the drop allows unlimited attempts. If you leave the
page or lose your connection mid-run, the run keeps playing to the end, open
positions close automatically, and the result still counts. Rewards are
awarded about a minute after the drop closes. Starting runs too quickly
temporarily pauses new runs and shows when to retry.
+ Pictionary
+ A Pictionary drop shows a live drawing made by a MyFundedPerps team member,
+ with a short prompt about what is being drawn. Everyone who opened the drop
+ watches the same drawing as it happens. Until the drawing starts, the page
+ shows that it is waiting for the artist.
+ Type your guess under the drawing and select Guess. Guesses can be up to
+ 60 characters (some symbols, including emoji, count as two characters).
+ Most Pictionary drops let you keep guessing until the drop ends. Some drops
+ give each player a set number of guesses; the page then shows how many you
+ have left, and every wrong, very close, or correct guess uses one. When you
+ run out, the guess box locks for the rest of the drop. Guesses are limited to
+ one per second, with a burst of up to three after a pause. Each guess is checked with the same matching rules as
+ text answers, shown on the page. The page tells you right away whether a
+ guess is wrong, very close, or correct.
+ A selection of wrong guesses appears in the public Guesses list with
+ your display name. The list may omit guesses during busy periods or when a
+ player is muted. Correct and very close guess text is never shown to other
+ players. The list can show that someone guessed correctly without revealing
+ their answer. The winner count updates when rewards are confirmed, and the
+ page shows how many people are watching while the drop is live.
+ Some Pictionary drops keep guesses private. In those drops the Guesses
+ list is replaced by a note, other players never see your guesses, and you
+ see only the winner count go up as rewards are claimed. The team member
+ drawing can see every guess in both kinds of drop.
+ The first correct guesses received and accepted by the server win, up to
+ one reward per player and the number of rewards shown on the page. A correct guess shows that your place is being checked, then shows that
+ you won or that every reward was already claimed. Once you have guessed
+ correctly, further guesses do not count again. The drop ends when every
+ reward is claimed or when it is closed, and the page then shows that the drop
+ ended.
+ Sending guesses too quickly asks you to slow down for a moment before you
+ guess again. If your connection drops, the page reconnects on its own and the
+ drawing catches up. Keep the drop open in only one tab or window; opening it
+ somewhere else moves your seat there.
Text answers
Some drops ask for a Text Answer. Enter your answer directly on the question
page and select Submit Answer. Any accepted alternative succeeds. Read the
matching rules shown with the question: case and spacing can each matter.
When case is ignored, A matches a. When spacing is ignored, New York
matches NewYork; this also ignores tabs and line breaks. Otherwise, spacing
must match exactly, including at the beginning and end. Punctuation and accents
always matter. Equivalent Unicode spellings of the same accented character match.
Text answers must be nonblank and at most 200 characters. An incorrect answer
uses one attempt and remains in the field so you can edit it. Answers are checked
immediately. A correct answer shows that it is correct and that your place is
being checked for a moment while rewards go out in the order correct answers
